[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2013137345A1 - Original plate for lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing plate production method - Google Patents

Original plate for lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing plate production method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013137345A1
WO2013137345A1 PCT/JP2013/057076 JP2013057076W WO2013137345A1 WO 2013137345 A1 WO2013137345 A1 WO 2013137345A1 JP 2013057076 W JP2013057076 W JP 2013057076W WO 2013137345 A1 WO2013137345 A1 WO 2013137345A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
printing plate
lithographic printing
acid
recording layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/057076
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
貴規 田口
青島 徳生
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2013137345A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013137345A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/095Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having more than one photosensitive layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • B41C1/1016Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials characterised by structural details, e.g. protective layers, backcoat layers or several imaging layers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/52Amides or imides
    • C08F220/54Amides, e.g. N,N-dimethylacrylamide or N-isopropylacrylamide
    • C08F220/60Amides, e.g. N,N-dimethylacrylamide or N-isopropylacrylamide containing nitrogen in addition to the carbonamido nitrogen
    • C08F220/606Amides, e.g. N,N-dimethylacrylamide or N-isopropylacrylamide containing nitrogen in addition to the carbonamido nitrogen and containing other heteroatoms
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/02Positive working, i.e. the exposed (imaged) areas are removed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/06Developable by an alkaline solution
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/14Multiple imaging layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/24Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by a macromolecular compound or binder obtained by reactions involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. acrylics, vinyl polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/26Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation characterised by a macromolecular compound or binder obtained by reactions not involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • B41C2210/266Polyurethanes; Polyureas

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a lithographic printing plate precursor and a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the lithographic printing plate precursor.
  • the present invention relates to a positive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser for direct plate making, which can be directly made from a digital signal from a computer or the like, and a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the same.
  • the positive type lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser has an alkaline aqueous solution-soluble binder resin and an infrared absorbing dye (IR dye) that absorbs light and generates heat as essential components.
  • IR dye infrared absorbing dye
  • the image area it acts as a dissolution inhibitor that substantially lowers the solubility of the binder resin by interaction with the binder resin.
  • the exposed area non-image area
  • the generated heat causes the IR dye and the binder resin to react with each other.
  • the interaction weakens and dissolves in an alkaline developer to form a lithographic printing plate.
  • Such a problem is derived from an essential difference in the plate making mechanism between the positive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser and the positive lithographic printing plate material made by UV exposure. That is, in a positive planographic printing plate precursor made by UV exposure, an alkaline aqueous solution-soluble binder resin and an onium salt or a quinonediazide compound are essential components.
  • the onium salt or the quinonediazide compound is an unexposed portion ( In addition to acting as a dissolution inhibitor by interacting with the binder resin in the image area), the exposed area (non-image area) plays two roles: it decomposes by light to generate acid and acts as a dissolution accelerator. Is.
  • the IR dye or the like in the positive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser only serves as a dissolution inhibitor for the non-exposed portion (image portion), and does not promote dissolution of the exposed portion (non-image portion). . Therefore, in the positive type lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser, in order to obtain a difference in solubility between the non-exposed portion and the exposed portion, a binder resin having high solubility in an alkali developer must be used in advance. The state before development becomes unstable.
  • an ink-receptive recording layer is formed on a hydrophilic support, so that the adhesion of the recording layer at the support interface becomes unstable, and the unexposed area (image area)
  • the adhesion of the recording layer at the support interface becomes unstable, and the unexposed area (image area)
  • this problem is particularly remarkable in the reproducibility of small area images such as fine lines and halftone dots.
  • it has been desired to increase the resolution of images, and to improve image reproducibility by high-resolution exposure in order to meet the demand.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor having a recording layer having a multilayer structure, which is sequentially provided on a hydrophilic substrate see, for example, European Patent Publication No. 1826001A1).
  • a method of blending a polymer in the lower layer of a multilayer recording layer (see, for example, JP-A-2005-242241), a multilayer recording layer A method using a urethane resin for the lower layer (for example, see US Patent Publication 2012 / 0052445A) has been proposed.
  • Such an image recording layer having a multi-layer structure is a problem of a positive image forming layer for infrared laser by using a resin excellent in alkali solubility in the lower layer, and an effect that an undesired residual film is quickly removed.
  • the lower layer functions as a heat insulating layer, and heat diffusion to the support is effectively suppressed, and the image formation is improved.
  • the recording layer having the multilayer structure As described above, it is necessary to select resins having different characteristics from each other as the resin used for each layer constituting the recording layer. Therefore, it is easy to be damaged by the developing solution, the ink washing solvent used during printing, the plate cleaner, etc. due to the problem that the interactivity is lowered or the lower layer developability is good. It is inferior in chemical resistance, and there is a problem that the printing durability of the image area becomes insufficient particularly when an ultraviolet curable type so-called UV ink is used as a printing ink, and an improvement is desired. is the current situation.
  • the first object of the present invention which has been made in consideration of the above-mentioned problems of the prior art, is between the solubility resistance of the non-exposed portion (image portion) in the developing solution and the solubility of the exposed portion (non-image portion).
  • the second object of the present invention is to provide a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate in which generation of development residue due to precipitation of recording layer components in a developer used at the time of making a lithographic printing plate precursor is suppressed. is there.
  • the present inventors have found that the above problem can be solved by using a specific two kinds of resins in the recording layer existing in the vicinity of the support in the positive recording layer having a multilayer structure, The present invention has been completed. That is, the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the first embodiment of the present invention has two or more recording layers containing an alkali-soluble resin on a surface hydrophilic support, and at least of the two or more recording layers.
  • One layer contains an infrared absorber, and is a positive recording layer whose solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution is increased by infrared laser exposure, and of the two or more recording layers, the recording layer closest to the support Is selected from the group consisting of (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group, (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) A (meth) acrylic resin having a repeating unit of at least one species.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is a heteroaromatic group.
  • a and b each independently represents 0 or 1;
  • the alkali-soluble polyurethane (A) having an acid group is preferably neutralized with a monovalent basic compound.
  • the positive recording layer closest to the support comprises (A) the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group and (B) the structure represented by the general formula (I).
  • the content ratio with the (meth) acrylic resin having one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of the unit and the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) that is, the (A) specific alkali-soluble polyurethane: (B)
  • the specific (meth) acrylic resin preferably contains a resin having a mass ratio of 95: 5 to 30:70.
  • the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention comprises subjecting the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the first to third embodiments of the present invention to image exposure (exposure step), and Developing the lithographic printing plate precursor after exposure with an aqueous alkaline solution containing 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less of a surfactant (developing step) is included in this order.
  • the surfactant contained in the developer is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and an anionic surfactant having a carboxylate.
  • the said image development process is implemented on the conditions that the liquid temperature of a developing solution is 20 degreeC or more and 25 degrees C or less, and development time is 5 seconds or more and 20 seconds or less.
  • the “positive recording layer closest to the support” is appropriately referred to as “lower layer” or “lower recording layer”.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention has, on the hydrophilic surface of a support having a hydrophilic surface, in addition to the plurality of positive recording layers, if desired, other layers such as a surface protective layer and an undercoat layer. May be provided as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, and a backcoat layer or the like may be provided on the surface of the support that does not have a positive recording layer, if desired.
  • the specific acrylic resin has a side chain structure represented by the above general formula (I) or general formula (II), that is, a bulky aromatic group on both sides of the sulfonamide linking group, and at least one of them It is considered that both the burning printing durability and the chemical resistance are excellent by including a structure in which the aromatic group is a heteroaromatic group.
  • (B) In addition to improving the burning printing durability and chemical resistance due to the side chain structure of the specific acrylic resin, (A) Only the improvement of the flexibility and chemical resistance of the recording layer due to the urethane bond contained in the specific polyurethane Rather, when both are uniformly mixed, the partial structures in the two resins, in particular, (B) the heteroaromatic group of the specific acrylic resin and (B) the urethane bond in the specific polyurethane form an interaction. . For this reason, it is considered that high polarity is achieved in the lower recording layer, and the printing durability when UV ink is used is further improved.
  • the recording layer contains an infrared absorber
  • each of them forms an interaction with the infrared absorber, so that the film strength and chemical resistance of the recording layer are further improved in the unexposed area.
  • both the interaction between the resins and the interaction between the infrared absorber and the resin that are optionally contained are quickly released, and (B) the sulfonamide structure of the specific acrylic resin, (A) Since the solubility with respect to the aqueous alkali solution resulting from the acid group which specific polyurethane has is expressed, it is thought that it is excellent in the dissolution discrepancy at the time of recording.
  • the present invention a sufficient difference between the dissolution resistance of the non-exposed portion with respect to the developer and the solubility of the exposed portion is obtained, and high printing durability, chemical resistance, and non-image portion in the image portion are obtained. Therefore, it is possible to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor having good solubility. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate in which the generation of development residue due to the precipitation of the recording layer component in the developer used at the time of making the lithographic printing plate precursor is suppressed. . Furthermore, as an unexpected effect, the use of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention provides a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate with improved printing durability when UV ink is used.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view showing an example of a radial type cell in electrochemical surface roughening treatment using alternating current in the production of a support using a planographic printing plate precursor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention and the method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the same will be described in detail.
  • this invention is not limited to described embodiment.
  • a numerical range indicated using “to” indicates a range including the numerical values described before and after “to” as the minimum value and the maximum value, respectively.
  • the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of substances present in the composition unless there is a specific notice when there are a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition. means.
  • the notation that does not indicate substitution and non-substitution includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the term “process” is not limited to an independent process, and is included in the term if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
  • (meth) acrylic acid is used to indicate either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid
  • (meth) acrylate is used to indicate either or both of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • content is expressed in terms of mass, and unless otherwise specified, mass% represents a ratio to the total amount of the composition, and “solid content” refers to a component excluding the solvent in the composition.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention has two or more recording layers containing an alkali-soluble resin on a surface hydrophilic support, and at least one of the two or more recording layers absorbs infrared rays.
  • a positive-type recording layer containing an agent and having increased solubility in an aqueous alkali solution by infrared laser exposure, and of the two or more recording layers, the recording layer closest to the support is (A) acid Selected from the group consisting of an alkali-soluble polyurethane having a group (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as a specific polyurethane) and (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) A (meth) acrylic resin having one or more kinds of repeating units (hereinafter referred to as a specific acrylic resin as appropriate).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is a heteroaromatic group.
  • a and b each independently represents 0 or 1;
  • R 1 , R 2 , Ar 1 and Ar 2 may each independently further have a substituent.
  • Alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group (specific polyurethane)
  • the specific polyurethane that can be used in the present invention is a polymer produced by an addition reaction between a compound having two or more isocyanate groups and a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups, and has a carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the molecule.
  • the polyurethane has an acidic group selected from the group consisting of a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an aromatic hydroxyl group, and an acidic amide or imide group.
  • Particularly preferred is a polyurethane having a carboxylic acid group.
  • alkali-soluble means that the specific polyurethane is dissolved in an alkaline aqueous solution (pH: 10) at 25 ° C. in an amount of 0.1% by mass or more.
  • polyurethane used in the present invention examples include, for example, JP-A-63-124047, JP-A-63-287946, JP-A-2-866, JP-A-2-156241, and JP-A-2003-177533.
  • Polyurethanes having structures described in JP-A Nos. 2004-170525, 2004-239951, 2004-157459, and 2005-250158 are preferably used.
  • PU-1 to PU-18 are represented by the molar ratio of the raw material monomers used and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained specific polyurethane. Needless to say, the resin is not limited thereto.
  • the numbers described below the respective monomer names below represent the molar ratios of the respective monomers used, and PU-1 to PU-18 represent specific polyurethanes as reaction products of the respective monomers described in Table 1. means. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight of a polymer is the value measured by the gel permeation chromatography method (GPC).
  • preferable specific polyurethanes include “PU-1”, “PU-3”, “PU-11”, “PU-15”, “PU-18” and the like in Table 1.
  • the specific polyurethane used in the present invention preferably has a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight) of 5,000 to 500,000 from the viewpoint of developability and printing durability, and 10,000 to 200,000. More preferred is 20,000 to 100,000.
  • the content of the acid group in the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group is included in the range where the acid value of the specific polyurethane is 0.01 mmol / g to 3.50 mmol / g from the viewpoint of the balance between developability and printing durability. It is more preferable.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group in the present invention is preferably in the range of 1% by mass to 99% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the positive recording layer closest to the support. More preferably, it is in the range of mass% to 95 mass%, and most preferably in the range of 50 mass% to 90 mass%.
  • the content of the specific polyurethane is 50% by mass or more, the formed positive-type recording layer has excellent durability, and when the content is 90% by mass or less, the recording layer has a sensitivity.
  • the chemical resistance is excellent, the dispersibility of the residue in the developer is improved, and the generation of residue due to the aggregation of precipitates in the developer bath is suppressed.
  • the monovalent basic compound used for neutralizing the acid group will be described.
  • Monovalent basic compound used for neutralizing the acid group will be described.
  • Monovalent basic compound used for neutralization of the specific polyurethane used in the lower layer is one capable of forming a salt structure with the acid group in the polyurethane having the acid group described above.
  • Preferred examples of the monovalent basic compound include alkali metal hydroxides or oxides, bicarbonates, alkoxides (ROM), phenoxides (ArONa), ammonia (gas or aqueous solution), diarylamines, and the like.
  • Examples include amines other than triarylamine, heterocyclic bases such as pyridine, quinoline, and piperidine, hydrazine derivatives, amidine derivatives, onium hydroxides, and the like.
  • diarylamine and triarylamine are almost neutral, and are not preferable as the monovalent basic compound in the present invention because of insufficient salt formation with an acid group.
  • the monovalent basic compound used for neutralizing the acid group preferably has a pKa of the conjugate acid of 8 to 20, more preferably 10 to 18, and most preferably 11 to 17. .
  • pKa refers to a value measured at 25 ° C. unless otherwise specified.
  • all the exemplified compounds described below belong to the range of pKa of 8-20.
  • nitrogen-containing compounds are preferable, and nitrogen-containing basic compounds shown below, that is, nitrogen-containing basic compounds having partial structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E) are preferable.
  • R 250 , R 251 and R 252 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and R 251 and R 252 May combine with each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group may further have one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, an amide group, an ester group and the like.
  • R 253 , R 254 , R 255 and R 256 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the monovalent basic compounds that can be used in the present invention having preferred partial structures represented by the formulas (A) to (E) [Exemplary compounds (B-1) to (B-44)] are shown below. Although listed below, the present invention is not limited to these.
  • More preferable nitrogen-containing basic compounds include compounds having a nitrogen-containing ring in the molecule and nitrogen-containing basic compounds having two or more nitrogen atoms in different chemical environments in one molecule.
  • the nitrogen-containing ring in the compound having a nitrogen-containing ring in the molecule is more preferably a polycyclic structure.
  • Preferable examples of the compound having a nitrogen-containing ring in the molecule include compounds represented by the following formula (F).
  • Y and Z each independently represent a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group which may contain a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom.
  • the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that can be introduced include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, a halogen atom, and a halogen-substituted alkyl group.
  • Specific examples of the basic compound having a nitrogen-containing ring in the molecule represented by the formula (F) include the following compounds [Exemplary compounds (B-45) to (B-52)].
  • the nitrogen-containing basic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms of different chemical environments in one molecule is particularly preferably a compound containing both a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and a ring structure containing a nitrogen atom, or alkyl
  • the compound which has an amino group is mentioned.
  • particularly preferred compounds include guanidine, 1,1-dimethylguanidine, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylguanidine, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, 6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-pyrazoline, 3- Examples include pyrazoline, trimethylimidazole, triphenylimidazole, methyldiphenylimidazole, but are not limited thereto.
  • Onium hydroxide is also mentioned as a preferred embodiment of the monovalent basic compound.
  • Specific examples of onium salts that can constitute onium hydroxide include ammonium salts, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, pyridinium salts, and the like, and these onium salts may further have a substituent.
  • structures represented by the general formulas (1) to (4) are exemplified.
  • R 1 to R 17 are each independently a monovalent substituent, a combination of R 1 to R 4, a combination of R 5 to R 7 , R 8 to R Of the 11 combinations and the combinations of R 12 to R 17 , at least two of them may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R 1 to R 17 include linear or branched alkyl groups, alicyclic groups (including cyclic alkyl groups), and heterocyclic groups (heteroaryl groups and heteroalicyclic rings).
  • substituents that can be introduced include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, aralkyl groups, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups. Group, cyano group, amino group, amide group and the like.
  • R 1 to R 17 are more preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the compound which has a structure represented by General formula (5) or General formula (6) as a particularly preferable aspect of onium hydroxide is mentioned.
  • R 1, R 2 and R 5 in the general formula (5) and general formula (6) has the general formula (1) and are respectively the same meanings as R 1, R 2 and R 5 in the general formula (2), preferably The range is the same.
  • L and L ′ represent an atomic group necessary for forming a heterocycle represented by a nitrogen-containing heterocycle.
  • the heterocycle including N + is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • These monovalent basic compounds are appropriately selected in relation to the acid group of the specific polyurethane to be neutralized. From the viewpoint of development discretion, the exemplified compounds (B-46, B-51, B -52, O-2, O-3, O-7, O-10, O-14) and the like are preferable. These monovalent basic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the basic compound added to the coating solution for forming the lower layer is usually 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the lower layer.
  • the (A) polyurethane having an acid group and a monovalent basic compound are added to the coating liquid composition for forming the lower layer together with the (A) specific acrylic resin, which will be described later.
  • (A) At least a part of the acid groups of the specific polyurethane forms a salt structure with the monovalent basic compound.
  • the addition amount (neutralization amount) of the monovalent basic compound used for forming the salt structure with respect to the specific polyurethane (A) is from the viewpoint of interlayer mixing suppression, developability, and printing durability.
  • the amount is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably 15 mol% to 80 mol%, and most preferably 20 mol% to 60 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of the acid group. It can be confirmed that the carboxylic acid group in the formed lower layer forms a salt structure with a monovalent basic compound by measuring the acid value by a neutralization titration method.
  • the carboxylic acid value of the polymer after forming the salt is preferably 0.001 mmol / g to 2.00 mmol / g, and more preferably 0.10 mmol / g to 1.80 mmol / g. 0.50 mmol / g to 1.60 mmol / g is most preferable.
  • Specific examples of the binder polymer suitable for the present invention having a salt structure formed by an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group and a monovalent basic compound in the molecule are shown in the above (A) Although it shows by specifying clearly the kind and addition amount of a monovalent
  • neutralized specific polyurethanes include “PN-13, PN-18, PN-24, PN-25, PN-27” and the like in Table 2.
  • the neutralized polyurethane has a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight) of 5,000 to 500,500 from the viewpoint of developability and printing durability, as in the case of the unneutralized polyurethane. 000 is preferable, 10,000 to 200,000 is more preferable, and 20,000 to 100,000 is most preferable.
  • the preferred acid group content of the partially neutralized specific polyurethane is as described, but when the neutralized specific polyurethane and the non-neutralized specific polyurethane are used in combination
  • the acid value of the mixture is preferably adjusted to be in the range of 0.50 mmol / g to 1.60 mmol / g.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group in the present invention is the total amount of neutralized and non-neutralized ones. It is preferably in the range of mass% to 99 mass%, more preferably in the range of 20 mass% to 95 mass%, and most preferably in the range of 50 mass% to 90 mass%.
  • the specific acrylic resin in the present invention is a polymer having at least one of a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is a heteroaromatic group.
  • a and b each independently represents 0 or 1;
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and preferably has no substituent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 1 include lower alkyl groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, preferably —N (R 2 ) —.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having no substitution, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • a and b each independently represent 0 or 1, and a preferred embodiment is when a is 0 and b is 1, and when a and b are both 0 Or a and b are both 1, and most preferably a and b are both 1. More specifically, in the structural unit, when a is 0 and b is 1, Z is preferably O. When both a and b are 1, Z is preferably —N (R 2 ) —, where R 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one of them is a heteroaromatic group.
  • Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic group
  • Ar 2 is a monovalent aromatic group.
  • aromatic groups are substituents formed by replacing one or two hydrogen atoms constituting the aromatic ring with a linking group.
  • Such an aromatic group may be a group derived from an aromatic ring selected from hydrocarbon aromatic rings such as benzene, naphthalene, and anthracene.
  • these plural rings may be condensed to take a condensed ring form such as benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, indazole, benzoxazole, quinoline, quinazoline, benzimidazole, or benzotriazole.
  • the heteroaromatic group is preferably a group derived from a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring.
  • aromatic groups and heteroaromatic groups may further have a substituent.
  • substituents that can be introduced include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkenyl groups, cycloalkenyl groups, aryl groups, hetero groups.
  • Ar 2 is preferably a divalent heteroaromatic group which may have a substituent, and more preferably pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, 1,3,5-triazine, 1,2,4 -Selected from heteroaromatic rings containing nitrogen atoms selected from triazine, 1,2,3-triazine, tetrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole and the like.
  • Examples of monomers capable of forming a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) or general formula (II) [Exemplary monomers (1) to (27)] are shown below, but the present invention is limited to these. It is not a thing.
  • a monomer having a linking group of —SO 2 —NH— from the main chain side [eg, monomer (1)] is a monomer that can be a structural unit represented by the general formula (I)
  • a monomer having a linking group of —NH—SO 2 — [eg, monomer (12)] is a monomer that can be a structural unit represented by the general formula (II).
  • the specific acrylic resin is an alkali-soluble polymer containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) or the general formula (II), and is represented by the general formula (I) or the general formula (II) included in the specific acrylic resin.
  • the structural unit represented may be only one type, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the content (total content) of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) or the general formula (II) in the specific acrylic resin is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol%, and preferably 20 mol% to 90 mol. More preferred is mol%, more preferred is 30 mol% to 80 mol%, and most preferred is 30 mol% to 70 mol%.
  • the specific acrylic resin containing such a structural unit may be a copolymer containing another structural unit in addition to the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) or (II).
  • Other structural units include structural units derived from hydrophobic monomers having substituents such as alkyl groups and aryl groups in the side chain structure of the monomers, and acidic groups, amide groups, and hydroxy groups in the side chain structure of the monomers.
  • a structural unit derived from a hydrophilic monomer having an ethylene oxide group and the like can be mentioned, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. It needs to be done to the extent not.
  • Acrylic acid ester 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, styrene sulfonic acid, o-, p-, or m-vinyl benzene acid, vinyl pyridine, N-vinyl caprolactam, N-vinyl pyrrolidine, (meth) acryl
  • vinyl pyridine N-vinyl caprolactam
  • N-vinyl pyrrolidine (meth) acryl
  • preferred copolymerization components include N-benzyl (meth) acrylamide and (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the specific acrylic resin is preferably in the range of 10,000 to 500,000, more preferably in the range of 10,000 to 200,000, and most preferably in the range of 10,000 to 100,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 10,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably in the range of 20,000 to 500,000, and most preferably in the range of 20,000 to 200,000.
  • Copolymer (21) A copolymer obtained by replacing the structural unit derived from acrylic acid with a structural unit derived from N- (4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethyl-benzylacrylamide) in the copolymer (15).
  • Specific examples of the specific acrylic resin according to the present invention are shown below depending on the raw material monomer [monomer for copolymer (1) to monomer for copolymer (8)] and the polymerization molar ratio thereof. It is not limited.
  • the specific acrylic resins according to the present invention composed of these monomers are referred to as [specific acrylic resin (1) to specific acrylic resin (8)], respectively.
  • the specific acrylic resin is preferably used in an addition amount of 1 to 99% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the positive recording layer closest to the support. More preferably, it is used in an addition amount, and most preferably, it is used in an addition amount of 10% by mass to 50% by mass.
  • the added amount of the specific polymer is 10% by mass or more, the chemical resistance of the positive recording layer is excellent, and when it is 50% by mass or less, both durability and residue dispersibility in the developer are excellent.
  • the mass ratio of specific polyurethane: (B) specific acrylic resin is preferably 95: 5 to 30:70, more preferably 90:10 to 60:40.
  • the positive recording layer according to the present invention has two or more recording layers containing a water-insoluble and alkali-soluble polymer compound (referred to as an alkali-soluble resin in this specification as appropriate). At least one layer further contains an infrared absorber (that is, a compound that forms an interaction with a water-insoluble and alkali-soluble resin to suppress the alkali solubility).
  • an infrared absorber that is, a compound that forms an interaction with a water-insoluble and alkali-soluble resin to suppress the alkali solubility.
  • a positive recording layer containing an infrared absorber and an alkali-soluble resin eliminates the ability to suppress dissolution due to the interaction between the alkali-soluble resin and the infrared absorber in the exposed area by infrared laser exposure, and increases the solubility in an alkali developer. Thus, an image is formed.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in a plurality of recording layers includes homopolymers containing these acidic groups in the main chain and / or side chain in the polymer, copolymers thereof, or mixtures thereof.
  • the polymer layer according to the present invention has a property of dissolving when contacted with an alkaline developer.
  • the lower recording layer in the planographic printing plate precursor of the present invention contains the above-mentioned (A) specific polyurethane and (B) specific acrylic resin as essential components as alkali-soluble polymers.
  • An alkali-soluble polymer other than the (A) resin and (B) resin to be described may be included within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Alkali-soluble polymers (hereinafter referred to as other alkali-soluble polymers as appropriate) that can be used in other recording layers in the invention (hereinafter referred to as upper recording layers as appropriate) and can be included in the lower recording layer as desired.
  • the polymer) is not particularly limited as long as it is a conventionally known polymer, but any one selected from the group consisting of (1) a phenolic hydroxyl group, (2) a sulfonamide group, and (3) an active imide group A polymer compound having a functional group in the molecule is preferred.
  • the following are exemplified, but not limited thereto.
  • the following (2) resin having a sulfonamide group included in “other alkali-soluble polymer” is a resin having a structure different from that of the specific acrylic resin (B).
  • Examples of the polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group include phenol formaldehyde resin, m-cresol formaldehyde resin, p-cresol formaldehyde resin, m- / p-mixed cresol formaldehyde resin, phenol / cresol (m-, p (May be either-or m- / p-mixture) Novolak resin such as mixed formaldehyde resin and pyrogallol acetone resin.
  • a polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group in the side chain is preferably used as the polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • a polymerizable monomer comprising a low molecular compound having at least one unsaturated bond polymerizable with the phenolic hydroxyl group is homopolymerized, or other polymerizable property is added to the monomer.
  • examples thereof include a polymer compound obtained by copolymerizing monomers.
  • Examples of the polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group include acrylamide, methacrylamide, acrylate ester, methacrylate ester or hydroxystyrene having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent such as t-butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin.
  • a condensation polymer may be used in combination.
  • Examples of the alkali-soluble polymer compound having a sulfonamide group include a polymer compound obtained by homopolymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group or copolymerizing the monomer with another polymerizable monomer. (However, the resin containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the general formula (III) is excluded).
  • the polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group includes one or more sulfonamide groups —NH—SO 2 — in which at least one hydrogen atom is bonded on a nitrogen atom and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in one molecule. And a polymerizable monomer comprising a low molecular weight compound.
  • a low molecular compound having an acryloyl group, an aryl group, or a vinyloxy group and a substituted or monosubstituted aminosulfonyl group or a substituted sulfonylimino group is preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble polymer compound having an active imide group is preferably one having an active imide group in the molecule.
  • examples thereof include a polymer compound obtained by homopolymerizing a polymerizable monomer composed of one or more low-molecular compounds or by copolymerizing the monomer with another polymerizable monomer.
  • a polymer compound obtained by homopolymerizing a polymerizable monomer composed of one or more low-molecular compounds or by copolymerizing the monomer with another polymerizable monomer.
  • N- (p-toluenesulfonyl) methacrylamide, N- (p-toluenesulfonyl) acrylamide and the like can be preferably used.
  • alkali-soluble polymer compound in the present invention two or more of the polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group, the polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group, and the polymerizable monomer having an active imide group may be used. It is preferable to use a polymer compound obtained by polymerization, or a polymer compound obtained by copolymerizing two or more kinds of these polymerizable monomers with another polymerizable monomer.
  • the blending mass ratio of these components is 50:50 to 5: It is preferably in the range of 95, particularly preferably in the range of 40:60 to 10:90.
  • the alkali-soluble polymer is a copolymer of a polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group, a polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group, or a polymerizable monomer having an active imide group and another polymerizable monomer.
  • the monomer imparting alkali solubility is preferably contained in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more.
  • Examples of the monomer component to be copolymerized with the polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group, the polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group, or the polymerizable monomer having an active imide group include the compounds listed in the following (m1) to (m12). However, the present invention is not limited to these.
  • (M1) Acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters having an aliphatic hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate or 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate.
  • Alkyl acrylates such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, amyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, 2-chloroethyl acrylate, and glycidyl acrylate.
  • Alkyl methacrylates such as methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, amyl methacrylate, hexyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, 2-chloroethyl methacrylate and glycidyl methacrylate.
  • (M4) Acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-methylolacrylamide, N-ethylacrylamide, N-hexylmethacrylamide, N-cyclohexylacrylamide, N-hydroxyethylacrylamide, N-phenylacrylamide, N-nitrophenylacrylamide, N-ethyl- Acrylamide or methacrylamide such as N-phenylacrylamide.
  • (M5) Vinyl ethers such as ethyl vinyl ether, 2-chloroethyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, and phenyl vinyl ether.
  • (M6) Vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl butyrate and vinyl benzoate.
  • (M7) Styrenes such as styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, methylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene.
  • (M8) Vinyl ketones such as methyl vinyl ketone, ethyl vinyl ketone, propyl vinyl ketone, and phenyl vinyl ketone.
  • (M9) Olefins such as ethylene, propylene, isobutylene, butadiene and isoprene.
  • (M11) Unsaturated imides such as maleimide, N-acryloylacrylamide, N-acetylmethacrylamide, N-propionylmethacrylamide, N- (p-chlorobenzoyl) methacrylamide.
  • (M12) Unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride and itaconic acid.
  • the other alkali-soluble polymer preferably has a phenolic hydroxyl group in terms of excellent image-forming properties in exposure with an infrared laser or the like.
  • the alkali water-soluble polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group As described in US Pat. No. 4,123,279, phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, such as t-butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin, The condensation polymer of this is mentioned.
  • the alkaline water-soluble polymer compound As a copolymerization method of the alkaline water-soluble polymer compound, conventionally known graft copolymerization method, block copolymerization method, random copolymerization method and the like can be used.
  • the alkali-soluble polymer used in the upper recording layer there is a resin having a phenolic hydroxyl group in that strong hydrogen bonding occurs in the unexposed area, and in the exposed area, some hydrogen bonds are easily released. desirable. More preferred is a novolac resin. Preferred are those having a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 20,000 and a number average molecular weight of 200 to 10,000.
  • alkali-soluble novolak resins used as other alkali-soluble polymers in the present invention include phenol formaldehyde resins and xylenol cresol formaldehyde resins (3,5-, 2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5- Xylenol), m-cresol formaldehyde resin, p-cresol formaldehyde resin, m- / p-mixed cresol formaldehyde resin, phenol / cresol (any of m-, p-, m- / p- mixed) mixed formaldehyde resin
  • An alkali-soluble novolak resin such as As these alkali-soluble novolak resins, those having a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 20,000 and a number average molecular weight of 200 to 10,000 are used.
  • condensation of phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent such as t-butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin. You may use a thing together.
  • the alkali-soluble novolak resin preferably contains a large amount of novolak resins having a high ortho-position binding property, such as xylenol cresol formaldehyde resin, m-cresol formaldehyde resin, and p-cresol formaldehyde resin.
  • This novolak resin is preferably contained in an amount of 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more in the total novolac resin.
  • the lower recording layer may contain an acid generator that decomposes with light or heat to generate an acid in order to improve the alkali water solubility of the alkali water soluble polymer in the exposed area.
  • the acid generator means a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with light having a wavelength of 200 nm to 500 nm or heating at 100 ° C. or higher. Examples thereof include known compounds that generate acid by thermal decomposition, such as known acid generators used in dyes, photodecolorants, photochromic agents, and microresists.
  • the acid generated is preferably a strong acid having a pKa of 2 or less, such as sulfonic acid and hydrochloric acid.
  • Examples of the initiator suitably used in the present invention include triazine compounds described in JP-A-11-95415, and latent Brönsted acids described in JP-A-7-20629.
  • the latent Bronsted acid refers to a precursor that decomposes to produce a Bronsted acid.
  • the Bronsted acid is believed to catalyze the matrix formation reaction between the resole resin and the novolak resin.
  • Typical examples of Bronsted acids suitable for this purpose are trifluoromethanesulfonic acid and hexafluorophosphonic acid.
  • An ionic latent Bronsted acid can be preferably used in the present invention.
  • onium salts especially iodonium, sulfonium, phosphonium, selenonium, diazonium, and arsonium salts.
  • onium salts especially diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, phenylmethyl-ortho-cyanobenzylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 2-methoxy-4-aminophenyldiazonium hexafluorophosphate Is included.
  • Nonionic latent Bronsted acids are also suitably used in the present invention. These examples are compounds represented by the following formula: RCH 2 X, RCHX 2 , RCX 3 , R (CH 2 X) 2 , and R (CH 2 X) 3 , wherein X is Cl, Br, F, or CF 3 SO 3 , R is An aromatic group, an aliphatic group, or a combination of an aromatic group and an aliphatic group.
  • Useful ionic latent Bronsted acids are those represented by the following formula:
  • R 3 and R 4 are a lone pair, and R 1 and R 2 are an aryl group or a substituted aryl group.
  • R 4 is a lone pair, and R 1 , R 2, and R 3 may be an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an aliphatic group, or a substituted aliphatic group.
  • R 4 may be an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an aliphatic group or a substituted aliphatic group.
  • W can be BF 4 , CF 3 SO 3 , SbF 6 , CCl 3 CO 2 , ClO 4 , AsF 6 , or PF 6 , or any corresponding acid whose pH is less than 3.
  • Any onium salt described in US Pat. No. 4,708,925 can be used as the latent Bronsted acid of the present invention. These include indonium, sulfonium, phosphonium, bromonium, chloronium, oxysulfoxonium, oxysulfonium, sulfoxonium, selenonium, telluronium and arsonium salts.
  • a diazonium salt as the latent Bronsted acid is particularly preferred in the present invention. They provide sensitivities equivalent to other latent Bronsted acids in the infrared region and higher sensitivity in the ultraviolet region.
  • these acid generators are 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 0.1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the lower recording layer, from the viewpoints of image forming properties and prevention of smearing of non-image areas. It is added at a ratio of ⁇ 25% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • At least one of the two or more recording layers in the present invention contains an infrared absorber that is a component that exhibits a photothermal conversion function.
  • This infrared absorber has a function of converting the absorbed infrared rays into heat, and the laser scanning causes the cancellation of the interaction, the decomposition of the development inhibitor, the generation of acid, etc., and the solubility in the developer is greatly increased.
  • the infrared absorber itself may interact with the alkali-soluble resin to suppress alkali solubility, and the recording layer contains a positive-type recording layer by containing the alkali-soluble resin and the infrared absorber. It becomes.
  • Such an infrared absorber may be included in the upper recording layer.
  • an upper recording layer contains an infrared absorber to form a positive recording layer
  • the alkali-soluble resin contained in the exposed lower recording layer originally has Since alkali solubility is developed and the exposed area is quickly removed, a positive image is formed even when the lower recording layer does not contain an infrared absorber.
  • the lower recording layer may contain an infrared absorber.
  • the infrared absorber is uniformly dispersed in the layer containing (A) the specific polyurethane and (B) the specific acrylic resin that are uniformly mixed, and the interaction It is considered that the releasability is improved or the decomposition property is improved when an acid generator is contained.
  • the infrared absorber used in the present invention is a dye or pigment that effectively absorbs infrared rays having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1200 nm. A dye or pigment having an absorption maximum at a wavelength of 760 nm to 1200 nm is preferable.
  • the infrared absorber that can be suitably used for the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention will be described in detail below.
  • the dye that can be used as the infrared absorber commercially available dyes and known dyes described in documents such as “Dye Handbook” (edited by the Society for Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1970) can be used.
  • dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, metal thiolate complexes, etc. Is mentioned.
  • Preferred examples of the dye include cyanine dyes described in JP-A-58-125246, JP-A-59-84356, JP-A-59-202829, JP-A-60-78787, and the like.
  • a near infrared absorption sensitizer described in US Pat. No. 5,156,938 is preferably used, and a substituted arylbenzo (thio) pyrylium salt described in US Pat. No. 3,881,924, Trimethine thiapyrylium salts described in JP-A-57-142645 (US Pat. No. 4,327,169), JP-A-58-181051, 58-220143, 59-41363, 59-84248 Nos. 59-84249, 59-146063, 59-146061, pyranlium compounds, cyanine dyes described in JP-A-59-216146, US Pat. No. 4,283,475
  • the pentamethine thiopyrylium salts described above and the pyrylium compounds disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 5-13514 and 5-19702 are also preferably used. That.
  • a preferable dye is a near-infrared absorbing dye described in US Pat. No. 4,756,993 as formulas (I) and (II). Particularly preferred among these dyes are cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, and nickel thiolate complexes.
  • pigment used in the present invention examples include commercially available pigments and color index (CI) manual, “Latest Pigment Handbook” (edited by Japan Pigment Technology Association, published in 1977), “Latest Pigment Application Technology” (CMC Publishing, 1986), “Printing Ink Technology”, CMC Publishing, 1984) can be used.
  • CI color index
  • pigments include black pigments, yellow pigments, orange pigments, brown pigments, red pigments, purple pigments, blue pigments, green pigments, fluorescent pigments, metal powder pigments, and other polymer-bonded dyes.
  • Specific examples include insoluble azo pigments, azo lake pigments, condensed azo pigments, chelate azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene and perinone pigments, thioindigo pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, isoindolinone pigments.
  • the surface treatment method includes a method of surface coating with a resin or wax, a method of attaching a surfactant, a method of bonding a reactive substance (eg, silane coupling agent, epoxy compound, polyisocyanate, etc.) to the pigment surface, etc. Can be considered.
  • a reactive substance eg, silane coupling agent, epoxy compound, polyisocyanate, etc.
  • the particle diameter of the pigment is preferably in the range of 0.01 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and preferably in the range of 0.05 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of the stability of the recording layer coating liquid and the uniformity of the recording layer to be formed. Is more preferable, and particularly in the range of 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m.
  • a known dispersion technique used for ink production, toner production, or the like can be used.
  • the disperser include an ultrasonic disperser, a sand mill, an attritor, a pearl mill, a super mill, a ball mill, an impeller, a disperser, a KD mill, a colloid mill, a dynatron, a three-roll mill, and a pressure kneader. Details are described in "Latest Pigment Applied Technology" (CMC Publishing, 1986).
  • the positive action is caused by the interaction with the binder polymer having a specific functional group (dissolution in the unexposed area is suppressed in an alkaline developer, and It is preferable to use an infrared absorber that causes the dissolution inhibiting action to be released, and in that respect, those having an onium salt structure are particularly preferable.
  • an infrared absorber that causes the dissolution inhibiting action to be released, and in that respect, those having an onium salt structure are particularly preferable.
  • cyanine dyes and pyrylium salts are particularly preferable. The details of the cyanine dye and the pyrylium salt are as described above.
  • an anionic infrared absorber described in Japanese Patent Application No. 10-237634 can also be suitably used.
  • This anionic infrared absorber refers to one having an anion structure without a cation structure in the mother nucleus of a dye that substantially absorbs infrared rays.
  • Examples include (a-1) anionic metal complexes and (a-2) anionic phthalocyanines.
  • the (a-1) anionic metal complex refers to an anion formed by the central metal and the entire ligand of the complex part that substantially absorbs light.
  • Anionic phthalocyanine refers to an anionic phthalocyanine in which an anionic group such as a sulfonic acid, a carboxylic acid, or a phosphonic acid group is bonded to a phthalocyanine skeleton as a substituent to form an anion as a whole.
  • an anionic infrared absorber represented by [Ga ⁇ -M-Gb] m X m + described in [0014] to [0105] of Japanese Patent Application No. 10-237634 [wherein Ga ⁇ represents an anionic substituent]
  • Gb represents a neutral substituent.
  • X m + represents a 1 to m-valent cation including a proton, and m represents an integer of 1 to 6. ] Can be mentioned.
  • the infrared absorber is preferably a dye, and preferable examples include infrared absorbers having an onium salt structure described in paragraphs [0018] to [0034] of JP-A No. 11-291652.
  • the recording layer is used in combination with an infrared absorber that exhibits the ability to suppress dissolution of the above cyanine dyes, pyrylium salts, anionic dyes, and other dyes or pigments. You can also.
  • the infrared absorber is 0.01% by mass in the lower recording layer and the other recording layers from the viewpoint of image forming property and suppression of occurrence of contamination in the non-image area with respect to the total solid content of each recording layer. It is preferable to add ⁇ 50 mass%, more preferably 0.1 mass% to 20 mass%, still more preferably 0.5 mass% to 15 mass%.
  • the recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention is required not to cause ablation in connection with the infrared laser irradiation apparatus.
  • the solubility in alkaline water that is, an alkaline developer, is changed by application of thermal energy. Any of them can be used, but from the viewpoint of easy availability and difficulty in ablation, it is preferable to use a polymer that is insoluble in water and soluble in alkaline water.
  • the decomposition temperature of the polymer can be selected as an index.
  • the polymer constituting the recording layer preferably has a decomposition temperature of 150 ° C. or higher, and more preferably has a decomposition temperature of 200 ° C. or higher. If the decomposition temperature is less than 150 ° C., the possibility of ablation increases, which is not preferable.
  • Components other than the polymer compound contained in the recording layer preferably have a decomposition temperature of 150 ° C. or higher.
  • components with a small addition amount include components having a decomposition temperature of less than 150 ° C. as long as they do not cause any problems. Can be used.
  • the lower recording layer needs to contain (A) a specific polyurethane and (B) a specific acrylic resin together with an infrared absorber.
  • Other additives include the lower recording layer and other recording layers. The same layer can be used.
  • a fluoropolymer it is preferable to add a fluoropolymer to each recording layer of the present invention for the purpose of improving the development resistance of the image area.
  • the fluorine-containing polymer used in the image recording layer include fluorine-containing monomer copolymers as described in JP-A Nos. 11-288093 and 2000-187318.
  • fluoropolymer examples include acrylic polymers containing fluorine of P-1 to P-13 described in JP-A No. 11-288093 and A described in JP-A No. 2000-187318.
  • fluorine-containing polymers obtained by copolymerizing acrylic monomers having fluorine atoms of -1 to A33 with any acrylic monomer.
  • the above-mentioned fluorine-containing polymers those having a weight average molecular weight of 2000 or more and a number average molecular weight of 1000 or more are preferably used. More preferably, the weight average molecular weight is 5000 to 300000, and the number average molecular weight is 2000 to 250,000.
  • fluorine-containing polymer a commercially available fluorine-based surfactant that is a compound having the preferred molecular weight can also be used. Specific examples include MEGAFACE F-171, F-173, F-176, F-183, F-184, F-780, and F-781 (all trade names) manufactured by DIC Corporation. be able to.
  • the amount of the fluorine-containing polymer added is 1.4% by mass or more based on the solid content of the image recording layer as a requirement of the present invention.
  • a preferable addition amount is 1.4 to 5.0% by mass.
  • the addition amount is less than 1.4% by mass, the effect of improving the development latitude of the image recording layer, which is the purpose of adding the fluorine-containing polymer, cannot be sufficiently obtained. Even if it exceeds 5.0% by mass, the effect of improving the development latitude is not improved.
  • the lower recording layer or other recording layers are further thermally decomposable, such as an onium salt, an o-quinonediazide compound, an aromatic sulfone compound, and an aromatic sulfonic acid ester compound, if necessary.
  • a substance (dissolution inhibitor) that substantially reduces the solubility of the alkaline water-soluble polymer compound may be included.
  • an infrared absorber that does not form an interaction with an alkali-soluble resin should be used.
  • onium salts include diazonium salts, ammonium salts, phosphonium salts, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, selenonium salts, and arsonium salts.
  • a diazonium salt is particularly preferable.
  • Particularly suitable diazonium salts include those described in JP-A-5-158230.
  • Counter ions of the onium salt include tetrafluoroboric acid, hexafluorophosphoric acid, triisopropylnaphthalenesulfonic acid, 5-nitro-o-toluenesulfonic acid, 5-sulfosalicylic acid, 2,5-dimethylbenzenesulfonic acid, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonic acid, 2-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-bromobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-fluorocaprylnaphthalenesulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, 1-naphthol-5-sulfone And acid, 2-methoxy-4-hydroxy-5-benzoyl-benzenes
  • Suitable quinonediazides include o-quinonediazide compounds.
  • the o-quinonediazide compound used in the present invention is a compound having at least one o-quinonediazide group, which increases alkali solubility by thermal decomposition, and compounds having various structures can be used. That is, o-quinonediazide assists the solubility of the sensitive material system by both the effects of losing the ability to suppress the dissolution of the binder by thermal decomposition and the change of o-quinonediazide itself into an alkali-soluble substance.
  • Examples of the o-quinonediazide compound used in the present invention include J.
  • benzoquinone (1,2) -diazide sulfonic acid chloride or naphthoquinone- (1,2) -diazide-5-sulfonic acid chloride and pyrogallol-acetone resin as described in JP-B-43-28403 Esters of benzoquinone- (1,2) -diazide sulfonic acid chloride or naphthoquinone- (1,2) -diazide described in US Pat. Nos. 3,046,120 and 3,188,210 Esters of 5-sulfonic acid chloride and phenol-formaldehyde resins are also preferably used.
  • esters of naphthoquinone- (1,2) -diazido-4-sulfonic acid chloride with phenol formaldehyde resin or cresol-formaldehyde resin, naphthoquinone- (1,2) -diazido-4-sulfonic acid chloride and pyrogallol-acetone resin Similarly, the esters are also preferably used.
  • Other useful o-quinonediazide compounds are reported and known in numerous patents. For example, JP-A-47-5303, JP-A-48-63802, JP-A-48-63803, JP-A-48-96575, JP-A-49-38701, JP-A-48-13354, No.
  • the addition amount of the o-quinonediazide compound is preferably in the range of 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of each recording layer. It is. These compounds can be used alone, but may be used as a mixture of several kinds.
  • the amount of additives other than the o-quinonediazide compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass. In the present invention, the additive and the binder are preferably contained in the same layer.
  • Cyclic acid anhydrides, phenols, and organic acids can be used in combination for the purpose of further improving sensitivity.
  • cyclic acid anhydrides include phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, 3,6-endooxy- ⁇ 4-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride described in US Pat. No. 4,115,128, Tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride, chloromaleic anhydride, ⁇ -phenylmaleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride and the like can be used.
  • the phenols include bisphenol A, p-nitrophenol, p-ethoxyphenol, 2,4,4′-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, 4-hydroxybenzophenone, 4,4 ′, 4. “-Trihydroxytriphenylmethane, 4,4 ′, 3”, 4 ”-tetrahydroxy-3,5,3 ′, 5′-tetramethyltriphenylmethane, and the like.
  • Examples of the sulfonic acids, sulfinic acids, alkylsulfuric acids, phosphonic acids, phosphoric esters, and carboxylic acids described in JP-A-60-88942 and JP-A-2-96755 are specifically mentioned.
  • P-toluenesulfonic acid dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfinic acid, ethyl sulfate, Phosphonic acid, phenylphosphinic acid, phenyl phosphate, diphenyl phosphate, benzoic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, p-toluic acid, 3,4-methoxybenzoic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 4-cyclohexene-1,2 -Dicarboxylic acid, erucic acid, lauric acid, n-undecanoic acid, ascorbic acid, etc.
  • the proportion of the above cyclic acid anhydrides, phenols and organic acids in the printing plate material is 0.05 mass% to It is preferably 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • a dye having a large absorption in the visible light region can be added to the recording layer of the present invention as an image colorant.
  • the colorant include oil yellow # 101, oil yellow # 103, oil pink # 312, oil green BG, oil blue BOS, oil blue # 603, oil black BY, oil black BS, and oil black T-505 ( All of the above trade names: manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Victoria Pure Blue, Crystal Violet (CI 42555), Methyl Violet (CI 42535), Ethyl Violet, Rhodamine B (CI145170B), Malachite Green (CI42000), Methylene Blue (CI522015) , Eisenspiron Blue C-RH (all trade names; manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like, and dyes described in JP-A-62-293247.
  • the addition of these dyes is preferable because the distinction between the image area and the non-image area becomes clear after image formation.
  • the addition amount is preferably in the range of 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the recording layer.
  • nonionic ions such as those described in JP-A Nos. 62-251740 and 3-208514 are used in order to increase the processing stability against the development conditions.
  • Surfactants amphoteric surfactants as described in JP-A-59-121044 and JP-A-4-13149, siloxane compounds as described in EP950517, JP-A-11-288093 A polymer containing a fluorine monomer as a copolymerization component as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. H11 can be added.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include sorbitan tristearate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan trioleate, stearic acid monoglyceride, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether and the like.
  • double-sided activator examples include alkyldi (aminoethyl) glycine, alkylpolyaminoethylglycine hydrochloride, 2-alkyl-N-carboxyethyl-N-hydroxyethylimidazolinium betaine and N-tetradecyl-N, N-betaine.
  • Type for example, trade name “AMOGEN K”: manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Co., Ltd.).
  • the siloxane compound is preferably a block copolymer of dimethylsiloxane and polyalkylene oxide.
  • Specific examples include DBE-224, DBE-621, DBE-712, DBP-732, DBP-534 (manufactured by Chisso Corporation).
  • Examples thereof include polyalkylene oxide-modified silicones such as all trade names) and Tego Glide 100 (trade names) manufactured by Tego, Germany.
  • the proportion of the nonionic surfactant and amphoteric surfactant in the recording layer is preferably 0.05% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • Print-out agent A print-out agent for obtaining a visible image immediately after heating by exposure or a dye or pigment as an image colorant can be added to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention.
  • Typical examples of the printing-out agent include a combination of a compound that releases an acid by heating by exposure (photoacid releasing agent) and an organic dye that can form a salt.
  • plasticizer Further, a plasticizer may be added to the recording layer coating liquid in the present invention, if necessary, in order to impart flexibility of the coating film.
  • the plasticizer include butyl phthalyl, polyethylene glycol, tributyl citrate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, dihexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, tricresyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tetrahydrofurfuryl oleate, Acrylic acid or methacrylic acid oligomers and polymers are used.
  • a lower recording layer is formed on a hydrophilic support.
  • the lower recording layer is formed by dissolving and dispersing the above-mentioned (A) specific polyurethane, (B) specific acrylic resin, and optionally used infrared absorber and other components in an appropriate coating solvent. It can be formed by preparing a coating solution composition for coating, coating and drying.
  • solvents used in coating the recording layer include ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, dimethoxyethane, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, ⁇ -butyrolactone, Although toluene etc. can be mentioned, it is not limited to this. These solvents are used alone or in combination.
  • the concentration of the above components (total solid content including additives) in the solvent is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass.
  • the lower recording layer and the upper recording layer are preferably formed by separating these two layers in principle.
  • a method of forming the two layers separately for example, a method using a difference in solvent solubility between the component contained in the lower recording layer and the component contained in the upper recording layer, or coating the upper recording layer Thereafter, a method of rapidly drying and removing the solvent can be used, but the method is not limited thereto.
  • the solvent contained in the upper recording layer should be removed immediately before it has an influence such as dissolving a part of the formed lower recording layer, thereby suppressing the compatibility at the interface between the layers. It is a method.
  • the alkali contained in the lower recording layer is applied when the upper recording layer coating liquid is applied.
  • dissolve soluble resin is mentioned. Thereby, even if it carries out 2 layer application
  • a component insoluble in a solvent such as methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone or 1-methoxy-2-propanol that dissolves the alkali-soluble resin as the upper recording layer component is selected and contained in the lower recording layer.
  • the lower recording layer is applied and dried using a solvent system that dissolves the components to be dissolved, and then the upper recording layer mainly composed of an alkali-soluble resin is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol or the like and applied. ⁇ Two layers are possible by drying.
  • the alkali-soluble contained in the lower recording layer is used as the upper recording layer coating solvent.
  • the solvent for dissolving the (A) specific polyurethane or (B) specific acrylic resin contained in the lower recording layer is: From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, it is preferably 80% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of solvent used for coating the upper recording layer, and in the range of 10% by mass to 60% by mass, taking into consideration the scratch resistance. Preferably there is.
  • the upper recording layer application method is preferably a non-contact method.
  • it is a contact type, it is possible to use bar coater coating as a method generally used for solvent-based coating, but it is desirable to apply by forward driving in order to prevent damage to the lower recording layer. .
  • Coating amount after drying of the lower recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention from the viewpoint of developing discriminator improvement in development and printing durability ensuring, of 0.5g / m 2 ⁇ 2.0g / m 2 range It is preferably in the range of 0.7 g / m 2 to 1.5 g / m 2 .
  • the coating amount after drying of other recording layer is preferably in the range of 0.05g / m 2 ⁇ 1.0g / m 2, more preferably 0.07 g / m 2 ⁇ The range is 0.7 g / m 2 .
  • the preferable coating amount of the upper recording layer indicates the total coating amount of a plurality of upper recording layers.
  • a surfactant for improving the coating property for example, a fluorine-based surface active agent as described in JP-A-62-170950.
  • An agent can be added.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coating solution.
  • the support for use in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a dimensionally stable plate-like material.
  • paper plastic (for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.) Paper, metal plates (eg, aluminum, zinc, copper, etc.), plastic films (eg, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene) , Polystyrene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, polyvinyl acetal, etc.), a paper laminated with or vapor-deposited metal as described above, or a plastic film.
  • plastic for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.
  • metal plates eg, aluminum, zinc, copper, etc.
  • plastic films eg, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose
  • a polyester film or an aluminum plate is preferable.
  • an aluminum plate that has good dimensional stability and is relatively inexpensive is particularly preferable.
  • a suitable aluminum plate include a pure aluminum plate or an alloy plate containing aluminum as a main component and containing a trace amount of foreign elements, and may also be a plastic film on which aluminum is laminated or vapor-deposited.
  • foreign elements contained in the aluminum alloy include silicon, iron, manganese, copper, magnesium, chromium, zinc, bismuth, nickel, and titanium. The content of foreign elements in the alloy is at most 10% by mass.
  • Particularly suitable aluminum in the present invention is pure aluminum, but completely pure aluminum is difficult to produce in the refining technique, and may contain slightly different elements.
  • the composition of the aluminum plate applied to the present invention is not specified, and a conventionally known and publicly available aluminum plate can be used as appropriate.
  • the thickness of the aluminum plate used in the present invention is about 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm, preferably 0.15 mm to 0.4 mm, and particularly preferably 0.2 mm to 0.3 mm.
  • the support used in the present invention requires at least the surface on the recording layer forming side to be hydrophilic, but if it is an aluminum support, the roughened surface is relatively hydrophilic. In particular, the surface hydrophilization treatment need not be performed.
  • an aluminum plate When using an aluminum plate as a support, it is preferable to perform roughening and anodic acid value treatment.
  • a degreasing treatment with, for example, a surfactant, an organic solvent or an alkaline aqueous solution for removing rolling oil on the surface is performed as desired.
  • the surface roughening treatment of the aluminum plate is performed by various methods. For example, a method of mechanically roughening, a method of electrochemically dissolving and roughening a surface, and a method of selectively dissolving a surface chemically.
  • a known method such as a ball polishing method, a brush polishing method, a blast polishing method, or a buff polishing method can be used.
  • an electrochemical surface roughening method there is a method of performing alternating current or direct current in hydrochloric acid or nitric acid electrolyte.
  • a method in which both are combined can also be used. The roughened aluminum plate is subjected to an alkali etching treatment and a neutralization treatment as necessary, and then subjected to an anodizing treatment to enhance the surface water retention and wear resistance as desired.
  • electrolyte used for the anodizing treatment of the aluminum plate various electrolytes that form a porous oxide film can be used.
  • sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, chromic acid, or a mixed acid thereof is used.
  • concentration of these electrolytes is appropriately determined depending on the type of electrolyte.
  • the treatment conditions for anodization vary depending on the electrolyte used and cannot be specified. However, in general, a solution with an electrolyte concentration of 1% by mass to 80% by mass is used, and the liquid temperature is 5 ° C. to 70 ° C. A current density of 5 A / dm 2 to 60 A / dm 2 , a voltage of 1 V to 100 V, and an electrolysis time of 10 seconds to 5 minutes are suitable. If the amount of the anodized film is less than 1.0 g / m 2 , the printing durability will be insufficient, or the non-image area of the lithographic printing plate will be easily scratched. Adhering so-called “scratch stains” are likely to occur.
  • the aluminum surface is subjected to a hydrophilic treatment if necessary.
  • the hydrophilization treatment used in the present invention is disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 2,714,066, 3,181,461, 3,280,734 and 3,902,734.
  • alkali metal silicate such as aqueous sodium silicate
  • the support is immersed in an aqueous sodium silicate solution or electrolytically treated.
  • potassium fluoride zirconate disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 36-22063 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,276,868, 4,153,461, and 4,689,272.
  • a method of treating with polyvinylphosphonic acid is used.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention is formed by laminating at least two layers of a lower recording layer and other recording layers (upper recording layers) on a support.
  • An undercoat layer can be provided between the recording layer and the recording layer.
  • the undercoat layer component various organic compounds are used.
  • phosphonic acids having an amino group such as carboxymethylcellulose, dextrin, gum arabic, 2-aminoethylphosphonic acid, and phenylphosphone which may have a substituent.
  • Organic phosphoric acid such as phenylphosphinic acid, naphthylphosphinic acid, alkylphosphinic acid and glycerophosphinic acid, amino acids such as glycine and ⁇ -alanine, and triethanolamine Hydroxy groups such as hydrochloride Selected from hydrochlorides of amines having, but may be used by mixing two or more.
  • This organic undercoat layer can be provided by the following method. That is, a method in which water or an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, methyl ethyl ketone, or a mixed solvent thereof is dissolved and applied on an aluminum plate and dried, and water, methanol, ethanol, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.
  • a method in which water or an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, methyl ethyl ketone, or a mixed solvent thereof is dissolved and applied on an aluminum plate and dried, and water, methanol, ethanol, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.
  • an aluminum plate is immersed in a solution obtained by dissolving the organic compound in an organic solvent or a mixed solvent thereof to adsorb the compound, and then washed with water and dried to provide an organic undercoat layer.
  • a solution having a concentration of 0.005% by mass to 10% by mass of the organic compound can be applied by various methods.
  • the concentration of the solution is 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass to 5% by mass
  • the immersion temperature is 20 ° C. to 90 ° C., preferably 25 ° C. to 50 ° C.
  • the immersion time is 0.1 second to 20 minutes, preferably 2 seconds to 1 minute.
  • the solution used for this can be adjusted to a pH range of 1 to 12 with basic substances such as ammonia, triethylamine, potassium hydroxide, and acidic substances such as hydrochloric acid and phosphoric acid.
  • a yellow dye can also be added to improve the tone reproducibility of the image recording material.
  • the coverage of the undercoat layer from the viewpoint of printing durability, 2mg / m 2 ⁇ 200mg / m 2 are suitable, preferably from 5mg / m 2 ⁇ 100mg / m 2.
  • the positive lithographic printing plate precursor produced as described above is usually subjected to image exposure and development processing.
  • a light source having a light emission wavelength from the near infrared region to the infrared region it is particularly preferable to perform exposure with a light source having a light emission wavelength from the near infrared region to the infrared region.
  • the image exposure is performed with a solid-state laser and a semiconductor laser that emit infrared light with a wavelength of 760 nm to 1200 nm. It is preferable.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is subjected to development treatment with water or an alkali developer after exposure.
  • the development treatment may be performed immediately after the exposure, but a heat treatment may be performed between the exposure step and the development step.
  • the conditions are preferably 60 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 5 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • the heating method various conventionally known methods can be used. For example, a method of heating while contacting a recording material with a panel heater or a ceramic heater, a non-contact heating method with a lamp or hot air, and the like can be mentioned. This heat treatment can reduce the laser energy required for recording during laser irradiation.
  • a developer that can be applied to the development processing of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is a developer having a pH in the range of 9.0 to 14.0, preferably in the range of 12.0 to 13.5.
  • a conventionally known alkaline aqueous solution can be used for the developer (hereinafter referred to as a developer including a replenisher).
  • examples include inorganic alkali salts such as potassium, ammonium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, ammonium hydrogen carbonate, sodium borate, potassium borate, ammonium borate, sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution composed of a non-reducing sugar and a base can be used.
  • Non-reducing sugar means a saccharide that does not have a free aldehyde group or ketone group and therefore has no reducing ability.
  • Sugar sugars are classified into sugar alcohols reduced by hydrogenation of sugars. Any of these is preferably used in the present invention.
  • Examples of trehalose type oligosaccharides include saccharose and trehalose.
  • glycosides include alkyl glycosides, phenol glycosides, and mustard oil glycosides.
  • sugar alcohol include D, L-arabit, rebit, xylit, D, L-sorbit, D, L-mannit, D, L-exit, D, L-talit, zulsiit and allozulcit.
  • maltitol obtained by hydrogenation of a disaccharide and a reduced form (reduced water candy) obtained by hydrogenation of an oligosaccharide are preferably used.
  • sugar alcohol and saccharose are particularly preferred non-reducing sugars
  • D-sorbite, saccharose, and reduced starch syrup are particularly preferred because they have a buffering action in an appropriate pH range and are inexpensive.
  • non-reducing sugars can be used alone or in combination of two or more thereof, and the proportion of the non-reducing sugar in the developer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass. It is.
  • a conventionally known alkaline agent can be used as the base to be combined with the non-reducing sugar.
  • examples include inorganic alkali agents such as ammonium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, ammonium hydrogen carbonate, sodium borate, potassium borate, and ammonium borate.
  • alkali agents are used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide are preferable.
  • the reason is that the pH can be adjusted in a wide pH range by adjusting the amount added to the non-reducing sugar.
  • trisodium phosphate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and the like are preferable because they themselves have a buffering action.
  • an aqueous solution (replenisher) having a higher alkali strength than the developer is added to the developer, so that a large amount of PS can be obtained without changing the developer in the developer tank for a long time. It is known that plates can be processed.
  • This replenishment method is preferably applied also in the present invention.
  • Various surfactants and organic solvents can be added to the developer and replenisher as necessary for the purpose of promoting and suppressing developability, dispersing development residue, and improving the ink affinity of the printing plate image area.
  • the replenisher one having the same formulation as the developer may be used, or an alkaline aqueous solution having a pH higher than that of the developer may be used.
  • surfactants used in the developer and replenisher include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants and amphoteric surfactants.
  • a surfactant selected from an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, and an amphoteric surfactant is preferable, and an anionic surfactant is most preferable.
  • anionic surfactants anionic surfactants having a sulfonate structure, a carboxylate structure, or a phosphate structure are preferable, and have an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and a carboxylate.
  • anionic surfactants More preferably, it is at least one selected from anionic surfactants, and most preferred is an anionic surfactant containing a sulfonate structure.
  • anionic surfactants include coconut fatty acid potassium, alkyl sulfate, alkyl ether sulfate, alkyl sulfonate, alkyl benzene sulfonate, alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, alkyl naphthalene sulfonate, and naphthalene sulfonic acid.
  • Formalin condensate, alkyl phosphate, alkyl ether phosphate, lauryl iminodipropionate and the like can be mentioned, and among them, alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonate and lauryl iminodipropionate are preferable.
  • Commercially available products may be used as the anionic surfactant.
  • PIONIN C-158-G (trade name): Takemoto Yushi
  • ELEMINOL MON-2 trade name
  • Examples thereof include those manufactured by Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • CRAFOL AP261 (trade name): manufactured by COGNIS, and the like.
  • the addition amount of the surfactant in the developer is preferably 0.15% by mass to 10.0% by mass, and preferably 0.50% by mass to 5.0% by mass as a solid content with respect to the total amount of the developer. Is more preferable.
  • the amount of the surfactant added is 0.15% by mass or more, the dispersibility of the development residue in the developing tank is deteriorated, and an aggregate of the development residue is formed and adheres to the plate surface to cause stains. Can be effectively suppressed, and the developer resistance of the unexposed area is improved by setting the addition amount to 10.0% by mass or less.
  • reducing agents such as hydroquinone, resorcin, sulfurous acid, bisulfite, and other inorganic acids, and organic carboxylic acids, antifoaming agents, softening water, etc. Agents can also be added.
  • the printing plate developed using the developer and the replenisher is post-treated with a desensitizing solution containing washing water, a rinsing solution containing a surfactant or the like, gum arabic or a starch derivative.
  • these treatments can be used in various combinations as post-treatments.
  • This automatic developing machine is generally composed of a developing unit and a post-processing unit, and includes an apparatus for transporting the printing plate, each processing liquid tank and a spray device, and each pumped up by a pump while transporting the exposed printing plate horizontally.
  • the processing liquid is sprayed from the spray nozzle and developed.
  • a method is also known in which a printing plate is dipped and conveyed by a submerged guide roll or the like in a processing liquid tank filled with the processing liquid.
  • each processing solution can be processed while being supplemented with a replenisher according to the processing amount, operating time, and the like.
  • a so-called disposable processing method in which processing is performed with a substantially unused processing solution can also be applied.
  • the processing method for the planographic printing plate precursor according to the invention will be described.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is an image-exposure exposure step, and development in which the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is developed with an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less surfactant.
  • Plate making is performed by a method for producing a lithographic printing plate including the steps in this order.
  • the developer used here is as described, and as the surfactant, at least one interface selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and an anionic surfactant having a carboxylate.
  • An alkaline developer containing an activator is preferred.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention is excellent in dissolution discretion
  • a developer containing a surfactant is used as the developing step
  • the solution temperature is 20 ° C. or more and 25 ° C. or less
  • the development time is Development can be performed under mild conditions of 5 seconds to 20 seconds.
  • washing treatment, rinsing treatment or the like may be performed.
  • the unnecessary image portion is erased.
  • Such erasing is preferably performed by applying an erasing solution to an unnecessary image portion as described in, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-13293, leaving it for a predetermined time, and then washing with water.
  • a method of developing after irradiating an unnecessary image portion with an actinic ray guided by an optical fiber as described in JP-A-5-174842 can also be used.
  • the lithographic printing plate obtained as described above can be subjected to a printing process after applying a desensitized gum if desired, but if it is desired to obtain a lithographic printing plate with higher printing durability, Processing is performed.
  • the preparation as described in JP-B-61-2518, JP-A-55-28062, JP-A-62-31859, and JP-A-61-159655 is performed before burning. It is preferable to treat with a surface liquid.
  • the amount of surface-adjusting solution applied is suitably from 0.03 g / m 2 to 0.8 g / m 2 (dry mass).
  • the planographic printing plate coated with the surface-adjusting solution is dried if necessary, and then burned with a burning processor (for example, burning processor sold by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd .: “BP-1300” (trade name)). Heated to high temperature.
  • the heating temperature and time are in the range of 180 ° C. to 300 ° C. and preferably in the range of 1 minute to 20 minutes, although depending on the type of components forming the image.
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is subjected to a burning process after plate making, whereby the strength of the recording layer is improved and a further higher printing durability is realized.
  • the lithographic printing plate subjected to the burning treatment can be appropriately subjected to known treatments such as washing and gumming as necessary, but when a surface-conditioning solution containing a water-soluble polymer compound or the like is used. Can omit so-called desensitizing treatment such as gumming.
  • the planographic printing plate obtained by such a production method is applied to an offset printing machine or the like and used for printing a large number of sheets.
  • Exemplary Monomer (1), Illustrative Monomer (2), Illustrative Monomer (8), Illustrative Monomer (9) and Illustrative Monomer (13) constituting the Specific Acrylic Resin of the present invention are Hofmann et al., Markromoleculare Cheme, Vol. 177, P1791-1813 (1976) and can be synthesized by one skilled in the art by selecting several different starting materials. Can be easily obtained.
  • Exemplary Monomer (11) Exemplary monomer (11) can be synthesized by a method similar to the method described in Kang and Bae, Journal of Controlled Release, Volume 80, P145-155. A detailed synthesis method is as follows.
  • the oily residue obtained was dissolved in a mixture of 150 ml of methylene chloride and 100 ml of 2N HCl. Separated with 50 ml of methylene chloride, 520 ml of 2N HCl and 100 ml of water, dried over MgSO 4 and refluxed at normal pressure. The synthesized product was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.39 g of exemplified monomer (11) (yield: 19%).
  • Exemplified monomer (4) can be synthesized in the same manner as Exemplified monomer (11) except that acryloyl chloride is used instead of methacryloyl chloride.
  • acryloyl chloride is used instead of methacryloyl chloride.
  • 24.9 g (89.5 mmol) of 4-amino-N- (2,6-dimethyl-4-pyrimidinyl) -benzosulfonamide was dispersed and dissolved in 500 ml of acetonitrile.
  • To this solution was added a solution of 8.10 g (89.5 mmol) of potassium hydroxide in 75 ml of water, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C. The reaction was continued for 14 hours at room temperature in a container.
  • N- [4-[(2-pyrimidinylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl] acetamide partially precipitated from the intermediate, and was collected by filtration.
  • This second adult product was isolated by vacuum filtration and evaporation, and the resulting composition was treated with 1500 ml of ice water.
  • the second product was treated with 1500 ml of water at 40 ° C., and N- [4-[(2-pyrimidinylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl] acetamide was collected by filtration.
  • the obtained N- [4-[(2-pyrimidinylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl] acetamide was 155.9 g (yield: 55%).
  • N- [4-[(2-pyrimidinylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl] acetamide was dissolved in 2.5 liters of a 1: 1 mixture of ethanol and 1-methoxy-2-propanol. Thereafter, 105 g (2.66 mol) of an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide was added, and the mixture was refluxed for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The reaction product was dissolved in 1300 ml of water and concentrated hydrochloric acid was added to adjust the pH to 1. The mixture was cooled to 0 ° C. Insoluble material was removed by filtration.
  • the aqueous phase was extracted 3 times with 450 ml of methylene chloride.
  • the aqueous phase was adjusted to neutral pH 7 with 10N sodium hydroxide solution. Since the intermediate 4-amino-N-2-pyrimidylbenzenesulfonamide precipitated, the filter paper was dried. In this way, 93.4 g of the intermediate 4-amino-N-2-pyrimidylbenzenesulfonamide was obtained. (Yield: 70.7%)
  • This reaction was carried out under nitrogen reflux. After the solid matter was dissolved, the reaction vessel was cooled to 100 ° C. A solution prepared by dissolving 0.35 ml of Trigonox DC50 (manufactured by AKZO NOBEL) and 1.39 ml of Trigonox 141 (manufactured by AKZO NOBEL) in 3.43 ml of butyrolactone was sequentially added. After the reaction started, the reaction vessel temperature was 140 ° C., and 1.75 ml of Trigonox DC50 was added over 2 hours. The reaction mixture was reacted at 145 ° C. for 2 hours while stirring at 400 rpm. The reaction mixture was cooled to 120 ° C., and the stirring condition was increased to 500 rpm.
  • the specific acrylic resin (3) uses the exemplified monomer (1) and the specific acrylic resin (7) uses the exemplified monomer (8) as raw materials. ing.
  • a 250 ml reaction solution 132 mmol of the above raw material monomer, 25.0 g (160 mmol) of benzylacetamide, 2.31 g (32 mmol) of acrylic acid and 104 g of ⁇ -butyrolactone were added and stirred at 200 rpm. The mixture was heated to 140 ° C. This reaction was carried out under nitrogen reflux. After the solid matter was dissolved, the reaction vessel was cooled to 100 ° C.
  • the temperature was kept constant at 550 ° C. for about 5 hours, and when the temperature dropped to 400 ° C., rolling with a thickness of 2.7 mm using a hot rolling mill A board was used. Further, heat treatment was performed at 500 ° C. using a continuous annealing machine, and then finished into an aluminum plate having a thickness of 0.24 mm by cold rolling. After making this aluminum plate into width 1030mm, it used for the surface treatment shown below.
  • the surface treatment was carried out by continuously performing the following treatments (a) to (j). In addition, after each process and water washing, the liquid was drained with the nip roller.
  • the distance between the two support rollers ( ⁇ 200 mm) at the bottom of the brush was 300 mm.
  • the brush roller was pressed until the load of the drive motor for rotating the brush became 7 kW plus with respect to the load before the brush roller was pressed against the aluminum plate.
  • the rotating direction of the brush was the same as the moving direction of the aluminum plate.
  • the rotation speed of the brush was 200 rpm.
  • (B) Etching treatment with alkali agent The aluminum plate obtained above is subjected to an etching treatment by spraying using an aqueous solution having a caustic soda concentration of 2.6 mass%, an aluminum ion concentration of 6.5 mass%, and a temperature of 70 ° C. 10 g / m 2 was dissolved. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
  • (C) Desmutting treatment The desmutting treatment was performed by spraying with a 1% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid at a temperature of 30 ° C. (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions), and then washed with water by spraying.
  • the nitric acid aqueous solution used for the desmut was the waste liquid from the step of electrochemical surface roughening using alternating current in the nitric acid aqueous solution.
  • Electrochemical roughening treatment An electrochemical roughening treatment was carried out continuously using an alternating voltage of 60 Hz.
  • the electrolytic solution at this time was a 10.5 g / L aqueous solution of nitric acid (containing 5 g / L of aluminum ions and 0.007% by mass of ammonium ions) at a liquid temperature of 80 ° C.
  • the AC power supply waveform is the waveform shown in FIG. 1.
  • the time TP until the current value reaches the peak from zero is 0.8 msec, the duty ratio is 1: 1, and a trapezoidal rectangular wave AC is used with the carbon electrode as the counter electrode.
  • An electrochemical roughening treatment was performed. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode.
  • the electrolytic cell used was the one shown in FIG.
  • An electrolytic cell (radial cell) shown in FIG. 2 includes a main electrolytic cell 40 including a radial drum roller 12 and main electrodes 13a and 13b, an auxiliary anode cell 50 including an auxiliary anode 18, thyristors 19a and 19b, and an AC power source. 20 and.
  • the electrolytic treatment liquid 14 is supplied to the aluminum plate 11 conveyed to the electrolytic solution passage 17 through the electrolytic solution supply ports 15 and 16.
  • the current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak current value, and the amount of electricity was 220 C / dm 2 in terms of the total amount of electricity when the aluminum plate was the anode. 5% of the current flowing from the power source was shunted to the auxiliary anode. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
  • (E) Alkaline etching treatment An aluminum plate is subjected to an etching treatment by spraying at 32 ° C. using an aqueous solution having a caustic soda concentration of 26 mass% and an aluminum ion concentration of 6.5 mass% to dissolve the aluminum plate by 0.20 g / m 2.
  • the smut component mainly composed of aluminum hydroxide generated when the electrochemical surface roughening process is performed using the alternating current of the previous stage is removed, and the edge portion of the generated pit is melted to smooth the edge portion. I made it. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
  • Desmutting treatment was carried out by spraying with a 25% by weight aqueous solution of nitric acid at a temperature of 30 ° C. (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ions), followed by washing with water by spraying.
  • Alkali metal silicate treatment An aluminum support obtained by anodizing treatment was immersed in a treatment layer of a 1% by weight aqueous solution of sodium silicate No. 3 at a temperature of 30 ° C. for 10 seconds to immerse the alkali metal silica. Acid salt treatment (silicate treatment) was performed. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
  • undercoat layer On the aluminum support after the alkali metal silicate treatment obtained as described above, an undercoat solution having the following composition was applied and dried at 80 ° C. for 15 seconds to form a coating film. Formed. The coating amount of the coating film (undercoat layer) after drying was 15 mg / m 2 .
  • Alkali-soluble resin (compound described in Table 3; see Table 3 for content ratio) 2.15 g ⁇ Cyanine dye A 0.13g ⁇ 4,4'-bishydroxyphenylsulfone 0.11g ⁇ Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride 0.15g ⁇ P-Toluenesulfonic acid 0.01g ⁇ 3-Methoxy-4-diazodiphenylamine hexafluorophosphate 0.03g ⁇ Crystal violet counter anion changed to naphthalenesulfonic acid 0.10g ⁇ Fluorine surfactant F-780-F (manufactured by DIC Corporation) 0.035 g ⁇ Methyl ethyl ketone 24g ⁇ 13g 2-methoxy-1-propanol ⁇ 14g of ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • the said alkali-soluble resin is (A) specific polyurethane of Table 3, (B) specific acrylic resin, and (C) other alkali-
  • lithographic printing plate precursors 1 to 38 (lithographic printing plate precursors in Examples) and lithographic printing plate precursors 39 to 44 (comparative lithographic printing plate precursors), respectively.
  • developers shown in the following Tables 4 to 6 the following lithographic printing plate preparation methods were performed, and the following evaluations relating to the lithographic printing plate masters and the lithographic printing plate preparation methods were performed.
  • the results are shown in Tables 5 to 7 below. 1. Evaluation of Unexposed Area Retention Time The obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was immersed in a developing bath charged with each developer containing the surfactant listed in Table 4 at different times.
  • the immersion time at which the image density was 95% of that of the developer not immersed was defined as the unexposed portion retention time.
  • Exposure section development time A planographic printing plate precursor was drawn with a Trend setter (trade name) manufactured by Creo at a beam intensity of 9 w and a drum rotation speed of 150 rpm. Then, it immersed in the developing bath which prepared each developing solution of a table
  • UV ink resistance The plate surface of a lithographic printing plate obtained by developing in the same manner as in the evaluation of printing durability was applied to UV ink (Best Cure 161) using a printing machine (Mitsubishi Dia, 1F-2 (trade name)). The product was continuously printed using a trade name, manufactured by Toka Dye Co., Ltd. At this time, the UV ink printing durability was evaluated according to the same evaluation criteria as in “3. Evaluation of printing durability”.
  • Test solution 1 EMERAL PREMIUM MXEH (trade name; manufactured by ANCHOR)
  • Test solution 2 Allied Meter-X (trade name; manufactured by ABC Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • Test solution 3 Prisco 2351 (phosphate not contained: trade name; manufactured by PRISCO) Evaluation Method
  • 40 ⁇ L of each of the test solutions 1 to 3 was dropped at different locations. After 3 minutes, the droplets were wiped from the surface of the recording layer using a cotton pad.
  • Comparative Example 1 containing no specific acrylic resin is inferior in chemical resistance
  • Comparative Example 2 containing no specific polyurethane is inferior in printing durability
  • any lithographic printing plate precursor The generation of development residue could not be suppressed.
  • it replaced with (B) specific acrylic resin and it turned out that the comparative example 3 containing a comparison alkali-soluble polymer has a short unexposed part holding time, and is inferior in both printing durability and chemical resistance.
  • a lithographic printing plate precursor having a surface hydrophilic support and two or more recording layers containing an alkali-soluble resin on the surface hydrophilic support, At least one of the two or more recording layers is a positive-type recording layer containing an infrared absorber and having increased solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution by infrared laser exposure, and of the two or more recording layers
  • the recording layer closest to the support comprises (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group, (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), and a structure represented by the following general formula (II).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, is at least one hetero-aromatic group; represents 0 or 1 a and b each independently .
  • the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group is a polyurethane produced by an addition reaction between a compound having two or more isocyanate groups and a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups,
  • the lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 1> which is a polyurethane having an acidic group selected from the group consisting of an acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an aromatic hydroxyl group, and an acidic amide or imide group.
  • ⁇ 3> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group (A) is neutralized with a basic compound.
  • ⁇ 4> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in ⁇ 3>, wherein the monovalent basic compound is a nitrogen-containing basic compound or onium hydroxide.
  • ⁇ 5> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein Ar 2 in formula (I) or (II) is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaromatic group.
  • ⁇ 6> In any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, in the general formula (I) or (II), a and b are both 1, and Z represents —N (R 2 ) —.
  • Lithographic printing plate precursor. ⁇ 7> Selected from the group consisting of (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group and (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II)
  • ⁇ 8> Image exposure of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, and Developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor using an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less of a surfactant;
  • a method for producing a lithographic printing plate comprising ⁇ 9> The lithographic printing plate according to ⁇ 8>, wherein the surfactant is at least one selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and an anionic surfactant having a carboxylate. Manufacturing method.
  • the development is performed according to ⁇ 8> or ⁇ 9>, wherein the development is performed under a condition where a liquid temperature of the alkaline aqueous solution is 20 ° C. or more and 25 ° C. or less and a development time is 5 seconds or more and 20 seconds or less A method for preparing a lithographic printing plate.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an original plate for a lithographic printing plate having a large difference between solubility resistance to a developing solution for image portions and solubility for non-image portions, a high printing durability and good chemical resistance for image portions, and good solubility for non-image portions. The original plate for a lithographic printing plate has at least two recording layers including an alkali-soluble resin, upon a surface hydrophilic support body. At least one layer is a positive recording layer containing an infrared absorbent. The recording layer closest to the support body, among the at least two recording layers, contains: (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group; and (B) a (meth) acrylic resin having a repeating unit selected from structural units indicated by general formulas (I) and (II). In general formulas (I) and (II), R1 indicates a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, Z indicates -O- or -N(R2)-, and R2 indicates a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, etc. Ar1 and Ar2 indicate an aromatic group, and at least one is a heteroaromatic group. a and b indicate 0 or 1.

Description

平版印刷版原版及び平版印刷版の作製方法Planographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate preparation method
 本発明は平版印刷版原版及び該平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の作製方法に関する。特に、本発明は、コンピュータ等のデジタル信号から直接製版できる、いわゆるダイレクト製版用の赤外線レーザ用ポジ型平版印刷版原版及びそれを用いた平版印刷版の作製方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a lithographic printing plate precursor and a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the lithographic printing plate precursor. In particular, the present invention relates to a positive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser for direct plate making, which can be directly made from a digital signal from a computer or the like, and a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the same.
 近年におけるレーザの発展は目ざましく、特に近赤外から赤外に発光領域を持つ固体レーザや半導体レーザは高出力かつ小型の物が容易に入手できるようになっている。現在では、種々の感光性組成物が可視画像形成材料や平版印刷版原版の記録層材料として使用されており、このような感光性組成物を、コンピュータ等のデジタルデータから直接、画像形成する際の露光光源として、これらのレーザは非常に有用である。 In recent years, laser development has been remarkable, and in particular, solid lasers and semiconductor lasers having a light emitting region from near infrared to infrared are easily available with high output and small size. At present, various photosensitive compositions are used as a recording layer material for visible image forming materials and planographic printing plate precursors. When such photosensitive compositions are directly imaged from digital data such as computers. These lasers are very useful as exposure light sources.
 赤外線レーザ用ポジ型平版印刷版原版は、アルカリ水溶液可溶性のバインダー樹脂と、光を吸収し熱を発生する赤外線吸収染料(IR染料)等とを必須成分とし、IR染料等が、非露光部(画像部)では、バインダー樹脂との相互作用によりバインダー樹脂の溶解性を実質的に低下させる溶解阻止剤として働き、露光部(非画像部)では、発生した熱によりIR染料等とバインダー樹脂との相互作用が弱まりアルカリ現像液に溶解して平版印刷版を形成する。 The positive type lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser has an alkaline aqueous solution-soluble binder resin and an infrared absorbing dye (IR dye) that absorbs light and generates heat as essential components. In the image area), it acts as a dissolution inhibitor that substantially lowers the solubility of the binder resin by interaction with the binder resin. In the exposed area (non-image area), the generated heat causes the IR dye and the binder resin to react with each other. The interaction weakens and dissolves in an alkaline developer to form a lithographic printing plate.
 しかしながら、このような赤外線レーザ用ポジ型平版印刷版原版では、様々な使用条件における非露光部(画像部)の現像液に対する耐溶解性と、露光部(非画像部)の溶解性との間の差が未だ充分とは言えず、使用条件の変動による現像過剰や現像不良が起きやすいという問題があった。また、取扱い時に表面に触れる等によりわずかに表面状態が変動した場合にも、現像時に非露光部(画像部)が溶解してキズ跡状となり、耐刷の劣化や着肉性不良を引き起こすという問題があった。 However, in such a positive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser, there is a difference between the solubility of the non-exposed portion (image portion) in the developing solution and the solubility of the exposed portion (non-image portion) under various usage conditions. However, there is a problem that over-development and poor development are likely to occur due to fluctuations in use conditions. In addition, even when the surface condition slightly changes due to touching the surface during handling, the unexposed area (image area) dissolves and becomes scratched during development, causing deterioration in printing durability and poor inking properties. There was a problem.
 このような問題は、赤外線レーザ用ポジ型平版印刷版原版とUV露光により製版するポジ型平版印刷版材料との製版メカニズムの本質的な相違に由来する。すなわち、UV露光により製版するポジ型平版印刷版原版では、アルカリ水溶液可溶性のバインダー樹脂と、オニウム塩やキノンジアジド化合物類とを必須成分とするが、このオニウム塩やキノンジアジド化合物類は、非露光部(画像部)でバインダー樹脂との相互作用により溶解阻止剤として働くだけでなく、露光部(非画像部)では、光によって分解して酸を発生し、溶解促進剤として働くという二つの役割を果たすものである。 Such a problem is derived from an essential difference in the plate making mechanism between the positive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser and the positive lithographic printing plate material made by UV exposure. That is, in a positive planographic printing plate precursor made by UV exposure, an alkaline aqueous solution-soluble binder resin and an onium salt or a quinonediazide compound are essential components. The onium salt or the quinonediazide compound is an unexposed portion ( In addition to acting as a dissolution inhibitor by interacting with the binder resin in the image area), the exposed area (non-image area) plays two roles: it decomposes by light to generate acid and acts as a dissolution accelerator. Is.
 これに対し、赤外線レーザ用ポジ型平版印刷版原版におけるIR染料等は、非露光部(画像部)の溶解阻止剤として働くのみで、露光部(非画像部)の溶解を促進するものではない。従って、赤外線レーザ用ポジ型平版印刷版原版において、非露光部と露光部との溶解性の差を出すためには、バインダー樹脂として、あらかじめアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の高いものを使用せざるを得ず、現像前の状態が不安定なものとなる。さらに、このような平版印刷版原版では、親水性支持体上にインク受容性の記録層を形成するため、支持体界面における記録層の密着性が不安定となり、未露光部(画像部)の耐刷性にも影響を及ぼすという問題があり、この問題は、特に細線や網点などの小面積画像の再現性において著しい。特に、近年、画像の高解像度化が望まれており、その要求に対応するための高解像度露光による画像再現性の向上が望まれている。 On the other hand, the IR dye or the like in the positive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser only serves as a dissolution inhibitor for the non-exposed portion (image portion), and does not promote dissolution of the exposed portion (non-image portion). . Therefore, in the positive type lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser, in order to obtain a difference in solubility between the non-exposed portion and the exposed portion, a binder resin having high solubility in an alkali developer must be used in advance. The state before development becomes unstable. Further, in such a lithographic printing plate precursor, an ink-receptive recording layer is formed on a hydrophilic support, so that the adhesion of the recording layer at the support interface becomes unstable, and the unexposed area (image area) There is a problem in that it also affects printing durability, and this problem is particularly remarkable in the reproducibility of small area images such as fine lines and halftone dots. In particular, in recent years, it has been desired to increase the resolution of images, and to improve image reproducibility by high-resolution exposure in order to meet the demand.
 以上のような問題を解決するため、種々の提案がなされている。例えば、画像のディスクリミネーションの改良をするため、膜中の赤外線吸収剤を偏在化させる方法が提案されている(例えば、特開2001-281856号公報を参照。)。これによりディスクミリネーションの改良は見られるものの、細線再現性の観点からはなお改良の余地があった。 Various proposals have been made to solve the above problems. For example, in order to improve image discrimination, a method of unevenly distributing an infrared absorber in a film has been proposed (see, for example, JP-A-2001-281856). As a result, although the improvement of the disc million is seen, there is still room for improvement from the viewpoint of fine line reproducibility.
 露光部の除去性を改良する目的で、側鎖に-NH-と-SO-構造とを含む構造単位を含有するポリマーを含有する下層と、フェノール性樹脂と赤外線吸収剤を含む上部感熱層と、を親水性基板上に順次設けた、重層構造の記録層を有する平版印刷版原版が提案されている(例えば、欧州特許公開第1826001A1号明細書を参照)。
 また、画像部における耐刷性、耐溶剤性向上の観点から、重層型の記録層の下層にポリマーをブレンドする方法(例えば、特開2005-242241号公報を参照)、重層型の記録層の下層にウレタン樹脂を用いる方法(例えば、米国特許公開2012/0052445A明細書を参照。)などが提案されている。
 このような重層構造の画像記録層は、下層にアルカリ可溶性に優れた樹脂を用いることで、赤外線レーザ対応ポジ型画像形成層の問題であり、所望されない残膜などが速やかに除去されるという効果や、該下層が断熱層として機能し、支持体への熱拡散が効果的に抑制され、画像形成が向上するという効果を奏するものである。
A lower layer containing a polymer containing a structural unit containing a —NH— and —SO 2 — structure in the side chain, and an upper thermosensitive layer containing a phenolic resin and an infrared absorber for the purpose of improving the removability of the exposed area. And a lithographic printing plate precursor having a recording layer having a multilayer structure, which is sequentially provided on a hydrophilic substrate (see, for example, European Patent Publication No. 1826001A1).
Further, from the viewpoint of improving printing durability and solvent resistance in the image area, a method of blending a polymer in the lower layer of a multilayer recording layer (see, for example, JP-A-2005-242241), a multilayer recording layer A method using a urethane resin for the lower layer (for example, see US Patent Publication 2012 / 0052445A) has been proposed.
Such an image recording layer having a multi-layer structure is a problem of a positive image forming layer for infrared laser by using a resin excellent in alkali solubility in the lower layer, and an effect that an undesired residual film is quickly removed. In addition, the lower layer functions as a heat insulating layer, and heat diffusion to the support is effectively suppressed, and the image formation is improved.
 しかしながら、上記のような重層構造を有する記録層を形成するためには、記録層を構成する各層に用いる樹脂として、互いに特性の異なるものを選択せざるを得なかった。そのため、これらの相互作用性が低下するという問題、或いは、下層の現像性が良好であることに起因して、現像液や印刷中に使用されるインキ洗浄溶剤、プレートクリーナー等によりダメージを受け易くなるなど、耐薬品性に劣り、特に印刷インクとして紫外線硬化型の、所謂UVインクを用いた場合には、画像部の耐刷性が不十分となるといった問題があり、改良が望まれているのが現状である。
 上記従来技術の問題点を考慮してなされた本発明の第一の目的は、非露光部(画像部)の現像液に対する耐溶解性と、露光部(非画像部)の溶解性との間の差(現像ディスクリとも呼ぶ)が充分に得られ、画像部における高い耐刷性、耐薬品性、非画像部の溶解性のいずれにも優れた平版印刷版原版を提供することにある。
 本発明の第二の目的は、平版印刷版原版の製版時に使用される現像液中における記録層成分の析出に起因する現像カスの発生が抑制された平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することにある。
However, in order to form the recording layer having the multilayer structure as described above, it is necessary to select resins having different characteristics from each other as the resin used for each layer constituting the recording layer. Therefore, it is easy to be damaged by the developing solution, the ink washing solvent used during printing, the plate cleaner, etc. due to the problem that the interactivity is lowered or the lower layer developability is good. It is inferior in chemical resistance, and there is a problem that the printing durability of the image area becomes insufficient particularly when an ultraviolet curable type so-called UV ink is used as a printing ink, and an improvement is desired. is the current situation.
The first object of the present invention, which has been made in consideration of the above-mentioned problems of the prior art, is between the solubility resistance of the non-exposed portion (image portion) in the developing solution and the solubility of the exposed portion (non-image portion). Is to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor having a sufficient difference in printing quality (also called development discretion) and excellent in all of printing durability, chemical resistance and solubility in non-image areas in the image area.
The second object of the present invention is to provide a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate in which generation of development residue due to precipitation of recording layer components in a developer used at the time of making a lithographic printing plate precursor is suppressed. is there.
 本発明者らは鋭意検討の結果、重層構造のポジ型記録層において、支持体の近傍に存在する記録層に特定の2種の樹脂を併用することにより上記課題を解決しうることを見出し、本発明を完成した。
 即ち、本発明の第1の実施形態に係る平版印刷版原版は、表面親水性支持体上に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含む2層以上の記録層を有し、該2層以上の記録層の少なくとも1層は赤外線吸収剤を含有し、赤外レーザ露光によりアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が増大するポジ型記録層であり、且つ、該2層以上の記録層のうち、支持体に最も近接する記録層は、(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンと、(B)下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位からなる群より選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂と、を含有する。
As a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have found that the above problem can be solved by using a specific two kinds of resins in the recording layer existing in the vicinity of the support in the positive recording layer having a multilayer structure, The present invention has been completed.
That is, the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the first embodiment of the present invention has two or more recording layers containing an alkali-soluble resin on a surface hydrophilic support, and at least of the two or more recording layers. One layer contains an infrared absorber, and is a positive recording layer whose solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution is increased by infrared laser exposure, and of the two or more recording layers, the recording layer closest to the support Is selected from the group consisting of (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group, (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) A (meth) acrylic resin having a repeating unit of at least one species.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

 
 前記一般式(I)及び一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Zは-O-又は-N(R)-を表し、ここでRは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、芳香族基を表し、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方はヘテロ芳香族基である。a及びbそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表す。
 本発明の第2の実施形態において、前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンは、1価の塩基性化合物で中和されていることが好ましい。
 また、本発明の第3の実施形態において、支持体に最も近接するポジ型記録層は、前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンと前記(B)一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び一般式(II)で表される構造単位からなる群より選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂との含有比率(すなわち、前記(A)特定アルカリ可溶性ポリウレタン:前記(B)特定(メタ)アクリル樹脂)が、質量比で95:5~30:70である樹脂を含有することが好ましい。
In the general formula (I) and general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is a heteroaromatic group. a and b each independently represents 0 or 1;
In the second embodiment of the present invention, the alkali-soluble polyurethane (A) having an acid group is preferably neutralized with a monovalent basic compound.
In the third embodiment of the present invention, the positive recording layer closest to the support comprises (A) the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group and (B) the structure represented by the general formula (I). The content ratio with the (meth) acrylic resin having one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of the unit and the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) (that is, the (A) specific alkali-soluble polyurethane: (B) The specific (meth) acrylic resin) preferably contains a resin having a mass ratio of 95: 5 to 30:70.
 また、本発明の第4の実施形態に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、前記本発明の第1~第3の実施形態に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光すること(露光工程)、及び、露光後の平版印刷版原版を0.5質量%以上5.0質量%以下の界面活性剤を含むアルカリ水溶液を用いて現像すること(現像工程)、をこの順で含む。
 ここで現像液に含有される界面活性剤は、スルホン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤及びカルボン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤から成る群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
 また、前記現像工程が、現像液の液温が20℃以上25℃以下であり、且つ、現像時間が5秒以上20秒以下の条件で実施されることが好ましい。
Further, the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention comprises subjecting the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the first to third embodiments of the present invention to image exposure (exposure step), and Developing the lithographic printing plate precursor after exposure with an aqueous alkaline solution containing 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less of a surfactant (developing step) is included in this order.
The surfactant contained in the developer is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and an anionic surfactant having a carboxylate.
Moreover, it is preferable that the said image development process is implemented on the conditions that the liquid temperature of a developing solution is 20 degreeC or more and 25 degrees C or less, and development time is 5 seconds or more and 20 seconds or less.
 以下、本明細書では、「支持体に最も近接するポジ型記録層」を、適宜、「下層」又は「下部記録層」と称する。 Hereinafter, in this specification, the “positive recording layer closest to the support” is appropriately referred to as “lower layer” or “lower recording layer”.
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は、親水性表面を有する支持体の親水性表面上に、前記複数のポジ型記録層以外にも、所望により他の層、例えば、表面保護層、下塗層などを本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて設けてもよく、また、支持体のポジ型記録層を有しない面には、所望によりバックコート層などを設けてもよい。 The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention has, on the hydrophilic surface of a support having a hydrophilic surface, in addition to the plurality of positive recording layers, if desired, other layers such as a surface protective layer and an undercoat layer. May be provided as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, and a backcoat layer or the like may be provided on the surface of the support that does not have a positive recording layer, if desired.
 本発明の作用機構の詳細は不明であるが、以下のように考えている。
 本発明の平版印刷版原版の下部記録層には、(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタン(以下、適宜、特定ポリウレタンと称する)及び(B)下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位から選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂(以下、適宜、特定アクリル樹脂と称する)を含有するが、(A)特定ポリウレタンと(B)特定アクリル樹脂とは相溶性に優れ、2種の樹脂を含有することにより均一な樹脂層が形成されると推定される。(B)特定アクリル樹脂は、上記一般式(I)又は一般式(II)で示される側鎖構造、即ち、スルホンアミド連結基の両側に嵩高い芳香族基を有し、且つ、少なくともいずれかの芳香族基がヘテロ芳香族基であるという構造を含むことで、バーニング耐刷性と耐薬品性の何れにも優れるものと考えられる。この(B)特定アクリル樹脂の側鎖構造によるバーニング耐刷性と耐薬品性の向上に加え、(A)特定ポリウレタンに含まれるウレタン結合に起因する記録層の柔軟性、耐薬品性の向上のみならず、両者が均一に混合することにより、両者の樹脂における部分構造同士、特に、(B)特定アクリル樹脂が有するヘテロ芳香族基と(B)特定ポリウレタンにおけるウレタン結合とが相互作用を形成する。このため、下部記録層における高極性が達成され、UVインクを用いた場合の耐刷性がより向上したものと考えられる。
 さらに、該記録層が赤外線吸収剤を含有する場合には、両者のそれぞれが赤外線吸収剤と相互作用を形成するために、未露光領域では、記録層の膜強度、耐薬品性を一層向上させ、他方、露光領域では、樹脂同士の相互作用、及び、所望により含有する赤外線吸収剤と樹脂との相互作用、のいずれもが速やかに解除され、(B)特定アクリル樹脂のスルホンアミド構造と、(A)特定ポリウレタンの有する酸基と、に起因する優れたアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が発現されることから、記録時の溶解ディスクリに優れるものと考えられる。
Although the details of the mechanism of action of the present invention are unknown, it is considered as follows.
In the lower recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention, (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group (hereinafter appropriately referred to as a specific polyurethane) and (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) And a (meth) acrylic resin (hereinafter appropriately referred to as a specific acrylic resin) having one or more types of repeating units selected from structural units represented by the following general formula (II). It is estimated that polyurethane and (B) specific acrylic resin are excellent in compatibility, and a uniform resin layer is formed by containing two kinds of resins. (B) The specific acrylic resin has a side chain structure represented by the above general formula (I) or general formula (II), that is, a bulky aromatic group on both sides of the sulfonamide linking group, and at least one of them It is considered that both the burning printing durability and the chemical resistance are excellent by including a structure in which the aromatic group is a heteroaromatic group. (B) In addition to improving the burning printing durability and chemical resistance due to the side chain structure of the specific acrylic resin, (A) Only the improvement of the flexibility and chemical resistance of the recording layer due to the urethane bond contained in the specific polyurethane Rather, when both are uniformly mixed, the partial structures in the two resins, in particular, (B) the heteroaromatic group of the specific acrylic resin and (B) the urethane bond in the specific polyurethane form an interaction. . For this reason, it is considered that high polarity is achieved in the lower recording layer, and the printing durability when UV ink is used is further improved.
Furthermore, when the recording layer contains an infrared absorber, each of them forms an interaction with the infrared absorber, so that the film strength and chemical resistance of the recording layer are further improved in the unexposed area. On the other hand, in the exposure area, both the interaction between the resins and the interaction between the infrared absorber and the resin that are optionally contained are quickly released, and (B) the sulfonamide structure of the specific acrylic resin, (A) Since the solubility with respect to the aqueous alkali solution resulting from the acid group which specific polyurethane has is expressed, it is thought that it is excellent in the dissolution discrepancy at the time of recording.
 本発明によれば、非露光部の現像液に対する耐溶解性と、露光部の溶解性と、の間の差が充分に得られ、画像部における高い耐刷性、耐薬品性、非画像部の溶解性のいずれもが良好である平版印刷版原版を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、平版印刷版原版の製版時に使用される現像液中における記録層成分の析出に起因する現像カスの発生が抑制された平版印刷版の作製方法を提供することができる。
 さらに、予想外の効果として、本発明の平版印刷版原版を用いることで、UVインクを用いた場合の耐刷性がより向上した平版印刷版の作製方法が提供される。
According to the present invention, a sufficient difference between the dissolution resistance of the non-exposed portion with respect to the developer and the solubility of the exposed portion is obtained, and high printing durability, chemical resistance, and non-image portion in the image portion are obtained. Therefore, it is possible to provide a lithographic printing plate precursor having good solubility.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate in which the generation of development residue due to the precipitation of the recording layer component in the developer used at the time of making the lithographic printing plate precursor is suppressed. .
Furthermore, as an unexpected effect, the use of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention provides a method for preparing a lithographic printing plate with improved printing durability when UV ink is used.
本発明の実施例の平版印刷版原版を用いた支持体の作製において、電気化学的粗面化処理に用いられる交番波形電流波形図の一例を示すグラフである。It is a graph which shows an example of the alternating waveform current waveform figure used for electrochemical roughening process in preparation of the support body using the lithographic printing plate precursor of the Example of this invention. 本発明の実施例の平版印刷版原版用いた支持体の作製において、交流を用いた電気化学的粗面化処理におけるラジアル型セルの一例を示す側面図である。FIG. 3 is a side view showing an example of a radial type cell in electrochemical surface roughening treatment using alternating current in the production of a support using a planographic printing plate precursor according to an embodiment of the present invention.
 以下、本発明の平版印刷版原版及びそれを用いた平版印刷版の作製方法について詳細に説明する。
 なお、本明細書には、本発明の代表的な実施形態に基づいて記載されるが、本発明の主旨を超えない限りにおいて、本発明は記載された実施形態に限定されるものではない。
 また本明細書において「~」を用いて示された数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値をそれぞれ最小値及び最大値として含む範囲を示す。更に本明細書において組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する当該複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
Hereinafter, the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention and the method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the same will be described in detail.
In addition, although described in this specification based on the typical embodiment of this invention, unless the main point of this invention is exceeded, this invention is not limited to described embodiment.
In the present specification, a numerical range indicated using “to” indicates a range including the numerical values described before and after “to” as the minimum value and the maximum value, respectively. Further, in the present specification, the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of substances present in the composition unless there is a specific notice when there are a plurality of substances corresponding to each component in the composition. means.
In the notation of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the notation that does not indicate substitution and non-substitution includes not only those having no substituent but also those having a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In this specification, the term “process” is not limited to an independent process, and is included in the term if the intended action of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
 本明細書中、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸のいずれか或いは双方を示すため「(メタ)アクリル酸」と、アクリレート、メタクリレートのいずれか或いは双方を示すため「(メタ)アクリレート」と、それぞれ表記することがある。
 また、含有量は特に断りのない限り質量換算で示し、特に断りのない限り、質量%は、組成物の総量に対する割合を表し、「固形分」とは、組成物中の溶媒を除く成分を表す。
In this specification, “(meth) acrylic acid” is used to indicate either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and “(meth) acrylate” is used to indicate either or both of acrylate and methacrylate. There is.
In addition, unless otherwise specified, the content is expressed in terms of mass, and unless otherwise specified, mass% represents a ratio to the total amount of the composition, and “solid content” refers to a component excluding the solvent in the composition. To express.
平版印刷版原版
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は、表面親水性支持体上に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含む2層以上の記録層を有し、該2層以上の記録層の少なくとも1層は赤外線吸収剤を含有し、赤外レーザ露光によりアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が増大するポジ型記録層であり、且つ、該2層以上の記録層のうち、支持体に最も近接する記録層は(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタン(以下、適宜、特定ポリウレタンと称する)及び(B)下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位からなる群より選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂(以下、適宜、特定アクリル樹脂と称する)を含有する。
Lithographic printing plate precursor The lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention has two or more recording layers containing an alkali-soluble resin on a surface hydrophilic support, and at least one of the two or more recording layers absorbs infrared rays. A positive-type recording layer containing an agent and having increased solubility in an aqueous alkali solution by infrared laser exposure, and of the two or more recording layers, the recording layer closest to the support is (A) acid Selected from the group consisting of an alkali-soluble polyurethane having a group (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as a specific polyurethane) and (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) A (meth) acrylic resin having one or more kinds of repeating units (hereinafter referred to as a specific acrylic resin as appropriate).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

 
 前記一般式(I)及び一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Zは-O-又は-N(R)-を表し、ここでRは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、芳香族基を表し、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方はヘテロ芳香族基である。a及びbそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表す。
 上記式中、R、R、Ar及びArは、それぞれ独立に、さらに置換基を有するものあってもよい。
In the general formula (I) and general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is a heteroaromatic group. a and b each independently represents 0 or 1;
In the above formula, R 1 , R 2 , Ar 1 and Ar 2 may each independently further have a substituent.
(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタン(特定ポリウレタン)
 本発明に用いうる特定ポリウレタンとは、イソシアネート基を2つ以上有する化合物とヒドロキシル基を2つ以上有する化合物との付加反応により生成されるポリマーであって、分子内にカルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、芳香族水酸基及び酸性アミドまたはイミド基からなる群より選ばれる酸性基を有するポリウレタンであれば特に制限はない。特にカルボン酸基を有するポリウレタンが好ましい。
 ここで、「アルカリ可溶性」とは、特定ポリウレタンが、25℃のアルカリ水溶液(pH:10)に0.1質量%以上溶解することを示す。
(A) Alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group (specific polyurethane)
The specific polyurethane that can be used in the present invention is a polymer produced by an addition reaction between a compound having two or more isocyanate groups and a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups, and has a carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group in the molecule. There is no particular limitation as long as the polyurethane has an acidic group selected from the group consisting of a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an aromatic hydroxyl group, and an acidic amide or imide group. Particularly preferred is a polyurethane having a carboxylic acid group.
Here, “alkali-soluble” means that the specific polyurethane is dissolved in an alkaline aqueous solution (pH: 10) at 25 ° C. in an amount of 0.1% by mass or more.
 本発明に用いられるポリウレタンとしては、例えば特開昭63-124047号、特開昭63-287946号公報、特開平2-866号公報、特開平2-156241号公報、特開2003-177533号公報、特開2004-170525号公報、特開2004-239951号公報、特開2004-157459号公報、特開2005-250158号公報に記載の構造のポリウレタンが好ましく用いられる。
 本発明に用いることができるポリウレタンの好ましい具体例として、PU-1~PU-18を、その原料モノマーと使用したモル比及び得られた特定ポリウレタンの重量平均分子量(Mw)により示すが、前記ポリウレタン樹脂はこれらに限定されないことは言うまでもない。
 なお、下記の各モノマー名の下に記載の数字は、使用した各モノマーのモル比を表し、PU-1~PU-18は、表1に記載した各モノマーの反応生成物としての特定ポリウレタンを意味する。
 また、ポリマーの重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー法(GPC)により測定した値である。
Examples of the polyurethane used in the present invention include, for example, JP-A-63-124047, JP-A-63-287946, JP-A-2-866, JP-A-2-156241, and JP-A-2003-177533. Polyurethanes having structures described in JP-A Nos. 2004-170525, 2004-239951, 2004-157459, and 2005-250158 are preferably used.
As preferred specific examples of the polyurethane that can be used in the present invention, PU-1 to PU-18 are represented by the molar ratio of the raw material monomers used and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained specific polyurethane. Needless to say, the resin is not limited thereto.
The numbers described below the respective monomer names below represent the molar ratios of the respective monomers used, and PU-1 to PU-18 represent specific polyurethanes as reaction products of the respective monomers described in Table 1. means.
Moreover, the weight average molecular weight of a polymer is the value measured by the gel permeation chromatography method (GPC).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004

 
 また、表1に略号で示された各化合物の構造は以下に示すとおりである。 In addition, the structure of each compound indicated by an abbreviation in Table 1 is as shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 
 なかでも、好ましい特定ポリウレタンとして、前記表1における「PU-1」、「PU-3」、「PU-11」、「PU-15」、及び「PU-18」等が挙げられる。
 本発明で用いられる特定ポリウレタンとしては、分子量(重量平均分子量)が、現像性と耐刷性の観点から、5,000~500,000のものが好ましく、10,000~200,000のものがより好ましく、20,000~100,000のものが最も好ましい。
 酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンにおける酸基の含有量は、現像性と耐刷性とのバランスの観点から、特定ポリウレタンの酸価が0.01mmol/g~3.50mmol/gとなる範囲で含むことがより好ましい。より好ましくは、0.50mmol/g~3.00mmol/g、更に好ましくは1.00mmol/g~2.60mmol/gである。
 本発明における酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンの含有量は、支持体に最も近接するポジ型記録層中の全固形分中に対して1質量%~99質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、20質量%~95質量%の範囲であることがより好ましく、50質量%~90質量%の範囲であることが最も好ましい。特定ポリウレタンの含有量が50質量%以上であることで、形成されるポジ型記録層は耐久性に優れたものとなり、また、含有量が90質量%以下であることで、記録層は、感度、耐薬品性に優れたものとなり、現像液中のカスの分散性が良好となり、現像浴中の析出物の凝集によるカスの発生が抑制される。
Among these, preferable specific polyurethanes include “PU-1”, “PU-3”, “PU-11”, “PU-15”, “PU-18” and the like in Table 1.
The specific polyurethane used in the present invention preferably has a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight) of 5,000 to 500,000 from the viewpoint of developability and printing durability, and 10,000 to 200,000. More preferred is 20,000 to 100,000.
The content of the acid group in the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group is included in the range where the acid value of the specific polyurethane is 0.01 mmol / g to 3.50 mmol / g from the viewpoint of the balance between developability and printing durability. It is more preferable. More preferably, it is 0.50 mmol / g to 3.00 mmol / g, and still more preferably 1.00 mmol / g to 2.60 mmol / g.
The content of the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group in the present invention is preferably in the range of 1% by mass to 99% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the positive recording layer closest to the support. More preferably, it is in the range of mass% to 95 mass%, and most preferably in the range of 50 mass% to 90 mass%. When the content of the specific polyurethane is 50% by mass or more, the formed positive-type recording layer has excellent durability, and when the content is 90% by mass or less, the recording layer has a sensitivity. In addition, the chemical resistance is excellent, the dispersibility of the residue in the developer is improved, and the generation of residue due to the aggregation of precipitates in the developer bath is suppressed.
 本発明に用いられる(A)特定ポリウレタンは、特定ポリウレタンが有する酸基の少なくとも一部が1価の塩基性化合物で中和されていてもよい。酸基の中和に用いられる一価の塩基性化合物について説明する。
一価の塩基性化合物
 本発明において下層に用いられる特定ポリウレタンの中和に使用される一価の塩基性化合物とは、前述の酸基を有するポリウレタン中の酸基と塩構造を形成可能な一価の塩基性化合物を意味する。当該一価の塩基性化合物の好ましい例としては、アルカリ金属の水酸化物或いは酸化物、炭酸水素塩、アルコキシド(ROM)、フェノキシド(ArONa)等、アンモニア(気体、又は、水溶液)、ジアリールアミン並びにトリアリールアミンを除くアミン類、ピリジン、キノリン、ピペリジン等の複素環塩基、ヒドラジン誘導体、アミジン誘導体、オニウムヒドロキシド、などを挙げることができる。ここで、ジアリールアミン及びトリアリールアミンは、ほぼ中性に近く、酸基との塩形成性が不十分であるため本発明における一価の塩基性化合物としては好ましくない。
 酸基の中和に用いられる一価の塩基性化合物は、その共役酸のpKaが8~20であることが好ましく、10~18であることが更に好ましく、11~17であることが最も好ましい。共役酸のpKaが8以上であることで特定ポリウレタンを含んで形成される記録層の溶解ディスクリが良化し、pKaが20以下以上であることで、化合物の安定性や製造適性への悪影響が抑制され、安定性、製造適性が良好に維持される。本明細書においてpKaは特に断らないかぎり、25℃で測定される値を指すものとする。なお、以下に説明する例示化合物はいずれもそのpKaが8~20の範囲に属するものである。
 本発明で用いることのできる上記一価の塩基性化合物のなかでも、アルカリ金属の水酸化物或いは酸化物、炭酸水素塩、アルコキシド(ROM)、フェノキシド(ArONa)、アンモニア(気体、又は、水溶液)、及び、含窒素化合物が好ましく、下記に示す含窒素塩基性化合物、即ち、下記式(A)~式(E)で示される部分構造を有する含窒素塩基性化合物が好ましく挙げられる。
In the specific polyurethane (A) used in the present invention, at least a part of the acid groups of the specific polyurethane may be neutralized with a monovalent basic compound. The monovalent basic compound used for neutralizing the acid group will be described.
Monovalent basic compound In the present invention, the monovalent basic compound used for neutralization of the specific polyurethane used in the lower layer is one capable of forming a salt structure with the acid group in the polyurethane having the acid group described above. Means a basic compound. Preferred examples of the monovalent basic compound include alkali metal hydroxides or oxides, bicarbonates, alkoxides (ROM), phenoxides (ArONa), ammonia (gas or aqueous solution), diarylamines, and the like. Examples include amines other than triarylamine, heterocyclic bases such as pyridine, quinoline, and piperidine, hydrazine derivatives, amidine derivatives, onium hydroxides, and the like. Here, diarylamine and triarylamine are almost neutral, and are not preferable as the monovalent basic compound in the present invention because of insufficient salt formation with an acid group.
The monovalent basic compound used for neutralizing the acid group preferably has a pKa of the conjugate acid of 8 to 20, more preferably 10 to 18, and most preferably 11 to 17. . When the pKa of the conjugate acid is 8 or more, the dissolution discrepancy of the recording layer formed including the specific polyurethane is improved, and when the pKa is 20 or less, there is an adverse effect on the stability and manufacturability of the compound. It is suppressed, and stability and manufacturing suitability are maintained well. In the present specification, pKa refers to a value measured at 25 ° C. unless otherwise specified. In addition, all the exemplified compounds described below belong to the range of pKa of 8-20.
Among the monovalent basic compounds that can be used in the present invention, alkali metal hydroxides or oxides, bicarbonates, alkoxides (ROM), phenoxides (ArONa), ammonia (gas or aqueous solution). And nitrogen-containing compounds are preferable, and nitrogen-containing basic compounds shown below, that is, nitrogen-containing basic compounds having partial structures represented by the following formulas (A) to (E) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 
 前記式(A)中、R250、R251及びR252は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基または炭素数6~20のアリール基を表し、R251とR252とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。アルキル基、アリール基は、さらに、ヒドロキシ基、アミド基、エステル基等から成る群より選ばれる1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。 In the formula (A), R 250 , R 251 and R 252 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and R 251 and R 252 May combine with each other to form a ring. The alkyl group and aryl group may further have one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxy group, an amide group, an ester group and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 
 式(E)中、R253、R254、R255及びR256は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を示す。
 これら式(A)~式(E)で示される好ましい部分構造を有する、本発明に使用しうる一価の塩基性化合物の具体例〔例示化合物(B-1)~(B-44)〕を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに制限されない。
In formula (E), R 253 , R 254 , R 255 and R 256 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Specific examples of the monovalent basic compounds that can be used in the present invention having preferred partial structures represented by the formulas (A) to (E) [Exemplary compounds (B-1) to (B-44)] are shown below. Although listed below, the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 
 更に好ましい含窒素塩基性化合物としては、分子内に窒素含有環を有する化合物、一分子中に異なる化学的環境の窒素原子を2個以上有する含窒素塩基性化合物などが挙げられる。分子内に窒素含有環を有する化合物における窒素含有環は、多環構造であることがより好ましい。分子内に窒素含有環を有する化合物の好ましい例として、下記式(F)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 More preferable nitrogen-containing basic compounds include compounds having a nitrogen-containing ring in the molecule and nitrogen-containing basic compounds having two or more nitrogen atoms in different chemical environments in one molecule. The nitrogen-containing ring in the compound having a nitrogen-containing ring in the molecule is more preferably a polycyclic structure. Preferable examples of the compound having a nitrogen-containing ring in the molecule include compounds represented by the following formula (F).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 
 式(F)中、Y、及びZは、各々独立に、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい、直鎖、分岐、又は環状アルキレン基を表す。ここで、ヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、硫黄原子、酸素原子が挙げられる。アルキレン基としては、炭素数2~10個のアルキレン基が好ましく、より好ましくは2~5個のものである。
 アルキレン基はさらに置換基を有していてもよく、導入可能な置換基としては、炭素数1~6個のアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン置換アルキル基などが挙げられる。
 前記式(F)で示される分子内に窒素含有環を有する塩基性化合物の具体例としては、下記に示す化合物〔例示化合物(B-45)~(B-52)〕が挙げられる。
In formula (F), Y and Z each independently represent a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group which may contain a hetero atom. Here, examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and an oxygen atom. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
The alkylene group may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that can be introduced include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, a halogen atom, and a halogen-substituted alkyl group.
Specific examples of the basic compound having a nitrogen-containing ring in the molecule represented by the formula (F) include the following compounds [Exemplary compounds (B-45) to (B-52)].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 
 上記一価の塩基性化合物のなかでも、1,8-ジアザビシクロ〔5.4.0〕ウンデカ-7-エン、及び1,5-ジアザビシクロ〔4.3.0〕ノナ-5-エンが特に好ましい。
 一分子中に異なる化学的環境の窒素原子を2個以上有する含窒素塩基性化合物としては、特に好ましくは、置換もしくは未置換のアミノ基と窒素原子を含む環構造の両方を含む化合物、もしくはアルキルアミノ基を有する化合物が挙げられる。特に好ましい化合物として、具体的には、例えば、グアニジン、1,1-ジメチルグアニジン、1,1,3,3-テトラメチルグアニジン、ピラゾール、ピラジン、ピリミジン、6-ジヒドロキシピリミジン、2-ピラゾリン、3-ピラゾリン、トリメチルイミダゾール、トリフェニルイミダゾール、メチルジフェニルイミダゾール等が挙げられるがこれに限定されるものではない。
Among the above monovalent basic compounds, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene and 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene are particularly preferable. .
The nitrogen-containing basic compound having two or more nitrogen atoms of different chemical environments in one molecule is particularly preferably a compound containing both a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and a ring structure containing a nitrogen atom, or alkyl The compound which has an amino group is mentioned. Specific examples of particularly preferred compounds include guanidine, 1,1-dimethylguanidine, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylguanidine, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, 6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-pyrazoline, 3- Examples include pyrazoline, trimethylimidazole, triphenylimidazole, methyldiphenylimidazole, but are not limited thereto.
 また、オニウムヒドロキシドも一価の塩基性化合物の好ましい態様として挙げられる。オニウムヒドロキシドを構成しうるオニウム塩の具体例としては、アンモニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、ピリジニウム塩等が挙げられ、これらのオニウム塩はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。
 オニウムヒドロキシドの更に好ましい態様として、一般式(1)~一般式(4)で表される構造が挙げられる。
Onium hydroxide is also mentioned as a preferred embodiment of the monovalent basic compound. Specific examples of onium salts that can constitute onium hydroxide include ammonium salts, sulfonium salts, phosphonium salts, pyridinium salts, and the like, and these onium salts may further have a substituent.
As a more preferred embodiment of the onium hydroxide, structures represented by the general formulas (1) to (4) are exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 
 一般式(1)~一般式(4)中、R~R17はそれぞれ独立に一価の置換基であり、R~Rの組み合わせ、R~Rの組み合わせ、R~R11の組み合わせ、及びR12~R17の組み合わせのうち、少なくとも2つが互いに連結して環状構造をとってもよい。
 R~R17で表される一価の置換基としては、直鎖、又は分岐鎖を有するアルキル基、脂環基(環状アルキル基を含む)、ヘテロ環基(ヘテロアリール基、ヘテロ脂環基を含む)、アリール基、及びアラルキル基からなる群より選ばれる一価の置換基が挙げられる。これら一価の置換基はさらに置換基を有するものであってもよく、導入可能な置換基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、アラルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、アミド基などが挙げられる。
 なかでも、R~R17はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、又は炭素数6~20のアラルキル基であることがさらに好ましい。
 また、オニウムヒドロキシドの特に好ましい態様として、一般式(5)又は一般式(6)で表される構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
In the general formula (1) to general formula (4), R 1 to R 17 are each independently a monovalent substituent, a combination of R 1 to R 4, a combination of R 5 to R 7 , R 8 to R Of the 11 combinations and the combinations of R 12 to R 17 , at least two of them may be connected to each other to form a cyclic structure.
Examples of the monovalent substituent represented by R 1 to R 17 include linear or branched alkyl groups, alicyclic groups (including cyclic alkyl groups), and heterocyclic groups (heteroaryl groups and heteroalicyclic rings). A monovalent substituent selected from the group consisting of an aryl group and an aralkyl group. These monovalent substituents may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituents that can be introduced include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups, aralkyl groups, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups. Group, cyano group, amino group, amide group and the like.
Among these, R 1 to R 17 are more preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
Moreover, the compound which has a structure represented by General formula (5) or General formula (6) as a particularly preferable aspect of onium hydroxide is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

 
 前記一般式(5)及び一般式(6)におけるR、R及びRは、一般式(1)及び一般式(2)におけるR、R及びRとそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。L及びL’は含窒素ヘテロ環に代表されるヘテロ環を形成するために必要な原子群を表す。
 一般式(5)又は一般式(6)における、Nを含んで構成されるヘテロ環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。
R 1, R 2 and R 5 in the general formula (5) and general formula (6) has the general formula (1) and are respectively the same meanings as R 1, R 2 and R 5 in the general formula (2), preferably The range is the same. L and L ′ represent an atomic group necessary for forming a heterocycle represented by a nitrogen-containing heterocycle.
In the general formula (5) or the general formula (6), the heterocycle including N + is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
 以下に好ましいオニウムヒドロキシドの具体例〔例示化合物(O-1)~(O-20)〕を挙げるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of preferred onium hydroxides [Exemplary compounds (O-1) to (O-20)] are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

 
 これら一価の塩基性化合物は、中和の対象となる特定ポリウレタンの酸基との関連で適宜選択されるが、現像ディスクリの観点からは、例示化合物(B-46、B-51、B-52、O-2、O-3、O-7、O-10、O-14)などが好ましい。
 これら一価の塩基性化合物は、単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 塩基性化合物の下層形成用塗布液組成物に対する添加量は、下層の全固形分に対し、通常、0.01質量%~30質量%、好ましくは0.5質量%~20質量%である。
These monovalent basic compounds are appropriately selected in relation to the acid group of the specific polyurethane to be neutralized. From the viewpoint of development discretion, the exemplified compounds (B-46, B-51, B -52, O-2, O-3, O-7, O-10, O-14) and the like are preferable.
These monovalent basic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the basic compound added to the coating solution for forming the lower layer is usually 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the lower layer.
 本発明における下層では、下層形成用塗布液組成物中に、後述する(B)特定アクリル樹脂とともに、(A)酸基を有するポリウレタンと一価の塩基性化合物とを添加することにより、系中で(A)特定ポリウレタンの有する酸基の少なくとも一部が、一価の塩基性化合物と塩構造を形成することになる。本発明の効果は、(A)特定ポリウレタンの含む酸基の一部が中和されても良好に発現するが、一部が中和されることにより、下部記録層自体の極性が向上することで、その効果がより向上するものと考えられる。
 そのような観点から、(A)特定ポリウレタンに対する、塩構造の形成に用いられる一価の塩基性化合物の添加量(中和量)は、層間混合抑制、現像性、耐刷性の観点から、酸基100mol%に対し、10mol%~100mol%であることが好ましく、15mol%~80mol%であることがより好ましく、20mol%~60mol%であることが最も好ましい。
 形成された下層中のカルボン酸基が一価の塩基性化合物との塩構造を形成していることは、中和滴定法により酸価を測定することで確認することができる。
 ここで、塩を形成した後のポリマーのカルボン酸価は、0.001mmol/g~2.00mmol/gであることが好ましく、0.10mmol/g~1.80mmol/gであることがより好ましく、0.50mmol/g~1.60mmol/gであることが最も好ましい。
 以下に、酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンと一価の塩基性化合物とで形成された塩構造を分子内に有する本発明に好適なバインダーポリマーの具体例を、中和前の前記(A)特定ポリウレタン、該特定ポリウレタンの中和に用いた一価の塩基性化合物の種類と添加量とを明示することにより示すが、本発明はこれに限定されない。
In the lower layer in the present invention, the (A) polyurethane having an acid group and a monovalent basic compound are added to the coating liquid composition for forming the lower layer together with the (A) specific acrylic resin, which will be described later. (A) At least a part of the acid groups of the specific polyurethane forms a salt structure with the monovalent basic compound. The effect of the present invention can be expressed well even when part of the acid groups contained in the specific polyurethane (A) is neutralized, but the polarity of the lower recording layer itself is improved by neutralizing part of the acid groups. Therefore, the effect is considered to be further improved.
From such a viewpoint, the addition amount (neutralization amount) of the monovalent basic compound used for forming the salt structure with respect to the specific polyurethane (A) is from the viewpoint of interlayer mixing suppression, developability, and printing durability. The amount is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably 15 mol% to 80 mol%, and most preferably 20 mol% to 60 mol% with respect to 100 mol% of the acid group.
It can be confirmed that the carboxylic acid group in the formed lower layer forms a salt structure with a monovalent basic compound by measuring the acid value by a neutralization titration method.
Here, the carboxylic acid value of the polymer after forming the salt is preferably 0.001 mmol / g to 2.00 mmol / g, and more preferably 0.10 mmol / g to 1.80 mmol / g. 0.50 mmol / g to 1.60 mmol / g is most preferable.
Specific examples of the binder polymer suitable for the present invention having a salt structure formed by an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group and a monovalent basic compound in the molecule are shown in the above (A) Although it shows by specifying clearly the kind and addition amount of a monovalent | monohydric basic compound used for neutralization of a polyurethane and this specific polyurethane, this invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018

 
 なかでも、好ましい中和された特定ポリウレタンとして、前記表2における「PN-13、PN-18、PN-24、PN-25、PN-27」等が挙げられる。
 本発明で用いられる特定ポリウレタンとしては、中和したものについても、未中和のものと同様に、分子量(重量平均分子量)は、現像性と耐刷性の観点から、5,000~500,000のものが好ましく、10,000~200,000のものがより好ましく、20,000~100,000のものが最も好ましい。
 酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンにおいて、一部中和された特定ポリウレタンの好ましい酸基の含有量は記述の通りであるが、中和された特定ポリウレタンと未中和の特定ポリウレタンとを併用する場合の、混合物の酸価としては、0.50mmol/g~1.60mmol/gの範囲となるように調整されることが好ましい。
 本発明における酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンの含有量は、中和されたもの、未中和のものの合計量で、記述の効果を奏する目的では、下層に含まれる全固形分中に対して1質量%~99質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、20質量%~95質量%の範囲であることがより好ましく、50質量%~90質量%の範囲であることが最も好ましい。
Among them, preferred neutralized specific polyurethanes include “PN-13, PN-18, PN-24, PN-25, PN-27” and the like in Table 2.
As for the specific polyurethane used in the present invention, the neutralized polyurethane has a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight) of 5,000 to 500,500 from the viewpoint of developability and printing durability, as in the case of the unneutralized polyurethane. 000 is preferable, 10,000 to 200,000 is more preferable, and 20,000 to 100,000 is most preferable.
In the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group, the preferred acid group content of the partially neutralized specific polyurethane is as described, but when the neutralized specific polyurethane and the non-neutralized specific polyurethane are used in combination The acid value of the mixture is preferably adjusted to be in the range of 0.50 mmol / g to 1.60 mmol / g.
The content of the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group in the present invention is the total amount of neutralized and non-neutralized ones. It is preferably in the range of mass% to 99 mass%, more preferably in the range of 20 mass% to 95 mass%, and most preferably in the range of 50 mass% to 90 mass%.
(B)一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び一般式(II)で表される構造単位から選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂(特定アクリル樹脂)
 以下、(B)特定アクリル樹脂について詳細に説明する。
 本発明における特定アクリル樹脂は、下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位のうち少なくとも1種を有するポリマーである。
(B) (Meth) acrylic resin (specific acrylic resin) having one or more repeating units selected from the structural unit represented by general formula (I) and the structural unit represented by general formula (II)
Hereinafter, (B) the specific acrylic resin will be described in detail.
The specific acrylic resin in the present invention is a polymer having at least one of a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

 
 前記一般式(I)及び一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Zは-O-又は-N(R)-を表し、ここでRは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、芳香族基を表し、Ar及びArの少なくとも一方はヘテロ芳香族基である。a及びbはそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表す。 In the general formula (I) and general formula (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is a heteroaromatic group. a and b each independently represents 0 or 1;
 一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表すが、Rがアルキル基を表す場合のアルキル基は、置換若しくは非置換のアルキル基であり、置換基を有しないものが好ましい。Rで表されるアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基などの低級アルキル基が挙げられる。Rは好ましくは水素原子又はメチル基である。 In general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R 1 represents an alkyl group, the alkyl group is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and preferably has no substituent. . Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 1 include lower alkyl groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Zは-O-又は-N(R)-を表し、好ましくは、-N(R)-を表す。ここでRは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表し、好ましくは水素原子又は置換を有さないアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは水素原子である。 Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, preferably —N (R 2 ) —. Here, R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having no substitution, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 一般式(I)及び一般式(II)中、a及びbそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表し、好ましい態様は、aが0で且つbが1である場合、a及びbがともに0である場合、又はa及びbがともに1である場合が挙げられ、最も好ましくはa及びbがともに1の場合である。
 更に詳細には、前記構造単位において、aが0で且つbが1である場合、Zは好ましくはOである。また、a及びbがいずれも1である場合、Zは好ましくは-N(R)-であり、ここでRは、水素原子であることが好ましい。
In general formula (I) and general formula (II), a and b each independently represent 0 or 1, and a preferred embodiment is when a is 0 and b is 1, and when a and b are both 0 Or a and b are both 1, and most preferably a and b are both 1.
More specifically, in the structural unit, when a is 0 and b is 1, Z is preferably O. When both a and b are 1, Z is preferably —N (R 2 ) —, where R 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、芳香族基を表し、少なくとも一方はヘテロ芳香族基である。Arは2価の芳香族基であり、Arは1価の芳香族基である。これら芳香族基は、芳香環を構成する水素原子の1つ又は2つが連結基と置き換わって形成された置換基である。
 このような芳香族基としては、ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセンなどの炭化水素芳香環から選択される芳香環に由来する基であってもよく、フラン、チオフェン、ピロール、イミダゾール、1,2,3-トリアゾール、1,2,4-トリアゾール、テトラゾール、オキサゾール、イソオキサゾール、チアゾール、イソチアゾール、チアジアゾール、オキサジアゾール、ピリジン、ピリダジン、ピリミジン、ピラジン、1,3,5-トリアジン、1,2,4-トリアジン、1,2,3-トリアジン、などのヘテロ芳香環から選択されるヘテロ芳香環に由来する基であってもよい。
 また、これら複数の環が縮合して、例えば、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾチオフェン、インドール、インダゾール、ベンゾオキサゾール、キノリン、キナゾリン、ベンゾイミダゾール、又は、ベンゾトリアゾールのような縮合環の態様をとるものであってもよい。
 なかでも、ヘテロ芳香族基としては、含窒素芳香環に由来する基であることが好ましい。
Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, and at least one of them is a heteroaromatic group. Ar 1 is a divalent aromatic group, and Ar 2 is a monovalent aromatic group. These aromatic groups are substituents formed by replacing one or two hydrogen atoms constituting the aromatic ring with a linking group.
Such an aromatic group may be a group derived from an aromatic ring selected from hydrocarbon aromatic rings such as benzene, naphthalene, and anthracene. Furan, thiophene, pyrrole, imidazole, 1,2,3- Triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, tetrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, 1,3,5-triazine, 1,2,4- It may be a group derived from a heteroaromatic ring selected from a heteroaromatic ring such as triazine, 1,2,3-triazine.
Further, these plural rings may be condensed to take a condensed ring form such as benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, indazole, benzoxazole, quinoline, quinazoline, benzimidazole, or benzotriazole. Good.
Of these, the heteroaromatic group is preferably a group derived from a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring.
 これらの芳香族基、ヘテロ芳香族基は、更に置換基を有するものであってもよく、導入可能な置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ヒドロキシ基、-SH、カルボン酸基又はそのアルキルエステル、スルホン酸基又はそのアルキルエステル、ホスフィン酸基又はそのアルキルエステル、アミノ基、スルホンアミド基、アミド基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、或いは、これらが複数結合してなる置換基などが挙げられ、これらの置換基が、さらにここに挙げた置換基を有するものであってもよい。 These aromatic groups and heteroaromatic groups may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituents that can be introduced include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkenyl groups, cycloalkenyl groups, aryl groups, hetero groups. Aryl group, hydroxy group, —SH, carboxylic acid group or alkyl ester thereof, sulfonic acid group or alkyl ester thereof, phosphinic acid group or alkyl ester thereof, amino group, sulfonamido group, amide group, nitro group, halogen atom, or And a substituent formed by bonding a plurality of these, and these substituents may further have the substituents listed here.
 Arは好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい2価のヘテロ芳香族基であり、より好ましくは、ピリジン、ピリダジン、ピリミジン、ピラジン、1,3,5-トリアジン、1,2,4-トリアジン、1,2,3-トリアジン、テトラゾール、オキサゾール、イソオキサゾール、チアゾール、イソチアゾール、チアジアゾール、オキサジアゾールなどから選択される窒素原子を含むヘテロ芳香環から選択されるものである。 Ar 2 is preferably a divalent heteroaromatic group which may have a substituent, and more preferably pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, 1,3,5-triazine, 1,2,4 -Selected from heteroaromatic rings containing nitrogen atoms selected from triazine, 1,2,3-triazine, tetrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole and the like.
 以下に、下記一般式(I)又は一般式(II)で表される構造単位を形成しうるモノマーの例〔例示モノマー(1)~(27)〕を示すが本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。以下の例示モノマーのうち、主鎖側から-SO2-NH-である連結基を有するもの〔例えば、モノマー(1)〕が一般式(I)で表される構造単位となりうるモノマーであり、-NH-SO2-である連結基を有するもの〔例えば、モノマー(12)〕が一般式(II)で表される構造単位となりうるモノマーである。 Examples of monomers capable of forming a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) or general formula (II) [Exemplary monomers (1) to (27)] are shown below, but the present invention is limited to these. It is not a thing. Among the following exemplary monomers, a monomer having a linking group of —SO 2 —NH— from the main chain side [eg, monomer (1)] is a monomer that can be a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), A monomer having a linking group of —NH—SO 2 — [eg, monomer (12)] is a monomer that can be a structural unit represented by the general formula (II).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024

 
 特定アクリル樹脂は、一般式(I)又は一般式(II)で表される構造単位を含むアルカリ可溶性のポリマーであり、特定アクリル樹脂中に含まれる一般式(I)又は一般式(II)で表される構造単位は、1種のみでもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 特定アクリル樹脂における、一般式(I)又は一般式(II)で表される構造単位の含有量(総含有量)は、10モル%~100モル%であることが好ましく、20モル%~90モル%がより好ましく、30モル%~80モル%が更に好ましく、最も好ましくは30モル%~70モル%である。
The specific acrylic resin is an alkali-soluble polymer containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) or the general formula (II), and is represented by the general formula (I) or the general formula (II) included in the specific acrylic resin. The structural unit represented may be only one type, or two or more types may be used in combination.
The content (total content) of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) or the general formula (II) in the specific acrylic resin is preferably 10 mol% to 100 mol%, and preferably 20 mol% to 90 mol. More preferred is mol%, more preferred is 30 mol% to 80 mol%, and most preferred is 30 mol% to 70 mol%.
 このような構造単位を含む特定アクリル樹脂は、前記一般式(I)又は(II)で表される構造単位以外に、他の構造単位を含む共重合体であってもよい。
 他の構造単位としては、モノマーの側鎖構造に、アルキル基、アリール基などの置換基を有する疎水性のモノマー由来の構造単位や、モノマーの側鎖構造に、酸性基、アミド基、ヒドロキシ基又はエチレンオキシド基などを有する親水性のモノマー由来の構造単位などが挙げられ、これらより目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、共重合させるモノマー種の選択は、特定アクリル樹脂のアルカリ可溶性を損なわない範囲でなされることを要する。
The specific acrylic resin containing such a structural unit may be a copolymer containing another structural unit in addition to the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) or (II).
Other structural units include structural units derived from hydrophobic monomers having substituents such as alkyl groups and aryl groups in the side chain structure of the monomers, and acidic groups, amide groups, and hydroxy groups in the side chain structure of the monomers. Alternatively, a structural unit derived from a hydrophilic monomer having an ethylene oxide group and the like can be mentioned, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. It needs to be done to the extent not.
 本発明の特定アクリル樹脂に用いうる他の共重合成分としては、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-置換(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-置換マレイミド、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレン鎖を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン、スチレンスルホン酸、o-、p-、又はm-ビニルベンゼン酸、ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルカプロラクタム、N-ビニルピロリジン、(メタ)アクリル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、加水分解ビニルアセテート、ビニルホスホン酸などが挙げられる。これらのなかでも、好ましい共重合成分としては、N-ベンジル(メタ)アクリルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸などが挙げられる。 Other copolymer components that can be used in the specific acrylic resin of the present invention include (meth) acrylamide, N-substituted (meth) acrylamide, N-substituted maleimide, (meth) acrylic acid ester, and polyoxyethylene chain (meta). ) Acrylic acid ester, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, styrene sulfonic acid, o-, p-, or m-vinyl benzene acid, vinyl pyridine, N-vinyl caprolactam, N-vinyl pyrrolidine, (meth) acryl Examples include acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, hydrolyzed vinyl acetate, and vinylphosphonic acid. Among these, preferred copolymerization components include N-benzyl (meth) acrylamide and (meth) acrylic acid.
 特定アクリル樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は、10000~500000の範囲であることが好ましく、10000~200000の範囲であることがより好ましく、10000~100000の範囲であることが最も好ましい。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、10000~1000000の範囲であることが好ましく、20000~500000の範囲であることがより好ましく、20000~200000の範囲であることが最も好ましい。これらの分子量の測定方法は、実施例において詳述する。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the specific acrylic resin is preferably in the range of 10,000 to 500,000, more preferably in the range of 10,000 to 200,000, and most preferably in the range of 10,000 to 100,000. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 10,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably in the range of 20,000 to 500,000, and most preferably in the range of 20,000 to 200,000. These molecular weight measuring methods will be described in detail in Examples.
 本発明に好適に用いうる特定アクリル樹脂の構成例を、それぞれの構造単位の組合せにより以下に示す。 Examples of specific acrylic resins that can be suitably used in the present invention are shown below by combinations of structural units.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

 
 共重合体(21):上記共重合体(15)において、アクリル酸由来の構造単位をN-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチル-ベンジルアクリルアミド)由来の構造単位に置き換えたもの。
 前記共重合体(1)~(21)中、m,n,oは、それぞれの構造単位の重合モル比を表し、好ましくは、nが10モル%~90モル%、mが5モル%~80モル%、oが0モル%~50モル%であって、m+n+o=100である。
 本発明に係る特定アクリル樹脂の具体例を、原料モノマー〔共重合体(1)用モノマー~共重合体(8)用モノマー〕と、その重合モル比により以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに制限されるものではない。なお、これらのモノマーから構成される本発明に係る特定アクリル樹脂をそれぞれ〔特定アクリル樹脂(1)~特定アクリル樹脂(8)〕と称する。
Copolymer (21): A copolymer obtained by replacing the structural unit derived from acrylic acid with a structural unit derived from N- (4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethyl-benzylacrylamide) in the copolymer (15).
In the copolymers (1) to (21), m, n, and o represent the molar ratio of polymerization of each structural unit, preferably n is 10 mol% to 90 mol%, and m is 5 mol% to 80 mol%, o is 0 mol% to 50 mol%, and m + n + o = 100.
Specific examples of the specific acrylic resin according to the present invention are shown below depending on the raw material monomer [monomer for copolymer (1) to monomer for copolymer (8)] and the polymerization molar ratio thereof. It is not limited. The specific acrylic resins according to the present invention composed of these monomers are referred to as [specific acrylic resin (1) to specific acrylic resin (8)], respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

 
 共重合体(8)用モノマー
 例示モノマー(1)/N-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジメチル-ベンジルアクリルアミド)/N-ベンジルマレイミド
 モノマー比(モル%):33.8/35/31.2
Monomer for copolymer (8) Illustrative monomer (1) / N- (4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethyl-benzylacrylamide) / N-benzylmaleimide monomer ratio (mol%): 33.8 / 35/31. 2
 (B)特定アクリル樹脂は、支持体に最も近接するポジ型記録層中の全固形分中に対して1~99質量%の添加量で用いられることが好ましく、5質量%~70質量%の添加量で用いられることがより好ましく、10質量%~50質量%の添加量で用いられることが最も好ましい。特定ポリマーの添加量が10質量%以上であるとポジ型記録層の耐薬品性に優れ、また、50質量%以下であると、耐久性、現像液中のカス分散性の両方に優れる。 (B) The specific acrylic resin is preferably used in an addition amount of 1 to 99% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the positive recording layer closest to the support. More preferably, it is used in an addition amount, and most preferably, it is used in an addition amount of 10% by mass to 50% by mass. When the added amount of the specific polymer is 10% by mass or more, the chemical resistance of the positive recording layer is excellent, and when it is 50% by mass or less, both durability and residue dispersibility in the developer are excellent.
 なお、本発明における支持体に最も近接するポジ型記録層には、前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタン及び(B)前記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び前記一般式(II)で表される構造単位からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂の2種の樹脂を含有することを要するが、両者の混合比率は、(A)特定ポリウレタン:(B)特定アクリル樹脂の質量比で95:5~30:70が好ましく、90:10~60:40がより好ましい。 In the positive recording layer closest to the support in the present invention, the (A) alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group and (B) the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the general formula ( II) It is necessary to contain two types of resins of (meth) acrylic resin having at least one type of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of structural units represented by (II). The mass ratio of specific polyurethane: (B) specific acrylic resin is preferably 95: 5 to 30:70, more preferably 90:10 to 60:40.
 本発明の平版印刷版原版の構成要素について、更に詳細に説明する。まず、ポジ型記録層について説明する。本発明に係るポジ型記録層は、水不溶性且つアルカリ水溶性の高分子化合物(本明細書では、適宜、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と称する)を含有する記録層を2層以上有し、該記録層の少なくとも一層は、さらに赤外線吸収剤(即ち、水不溶性且つアルカリ可溶性樹脂と相互作用を形成してそのアルカリ可溶性を抑制する化合物)を含む。赤外線吸収剤とアルカリ可溶性樹脂とを含むポジ型記録層は、赤外線レーザ露光により、露光領域におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂と赤外線吸収剤との相互作用による溶解抑制能が解消し、アルカリ現像液に対する可溶性が増大することで画像形成する。 The components of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention will be described in more detail. First, the positive recording layer will be described. The positive recording layer according to the present invention has two or more recording layers containing a water-insoluble and alkali-soluble polymer compound (referred to as an alkali-soluble resin in this specification as appropriate). At least one layer further contains an infrared absorber (that is, a compound that forms an interaction with a water-insoluble and alkali-soluble resin to suppress the alkali solubility). A positive recording layer containing an infrared absorber and an alkali-soluble resin eliminates the ability to suppress dissolution due to the interaction between the alkali-soluble resin and the infrared absorber in the exposed area by infrared laser exposure, and increases the solubility in an alkali developer. Thus, an image is formed.
 本発明において、複数の記録層に使用されるアルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、高分子中の主鎖及び/又は側鎖に酸性基を含有する単独重合体、これらの共重合体又はこれらの混合物を包含する。従って、本発明に係る高分子層は、アルカリ性現像液に接触すると溶解する特性を有するものである。
 なお、本発明の平版印刷版印刷版原版における下部記録層には、アルカリ可溶性高分子として、既述の(A)特定ポリウレタン及び(B)特定アクリル樹脂が必須成分として含有されるが、以下に述べる(A)樹脂及び(B)樹脂以外のアルカリ可溶性高分子を本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で含んでいてもよい。
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin used in a plurality of recording layers includes homopolymers containing these acidic groups in the main chain and / or side chain in the polymer, copolymers thereof, or mixtures thereof. To do. Therefore, the polymer layer according to the present invention has a property of dissolving when contacted with an alkaline developer.
The lower recording layer in the planographic printing plate precursor of the present invention contains the above-mentioned (A) specific polyurethane and (B) specific acrylic resin as essential components as alkali-soluble polymers. An alkali-soluble polymer other than the (A) resin and (B) resin to be described may be included within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
他のアルカリ可溶性高分子
 本発明における他の記録層(以下、適宜、上部記録層と称する)に使用され、所望により下部記録層に含まれうるアルカリ可溶性高分子(以下、適宜、他のアルカリ可溶性高分子と称する)は、従来公知のものであれば特に制限はないが、(1)フェノール性水酸基、(2)スルホンアミド基、(3)活性イミド基からなる群より選択されるいずれかの官能基を分子内に有する高分子化合物であることが好ましい。例えば以下のものが例示されるが、これらに限定されるものではない。なお、「他のアルカリ可溶性高分子」に包含される下記(2)スルホンアミド基を有する樹脂は、前記(B)特定アクリル樹脂とは構造の異なる樹脂である。
Other Alkali-Soluble Polymers Alkali-soluble polymers (hereinafter referred to as other alkali-soluble polymers as appropriate) that can be used in other recording layers in the invention (hereinafter referred to as upper recording layers as appropriate) and can be included in the lower recording layer as desired. The polymer) is not particularly limited as long as it is a conventionally known polymer, but any one selected from the group consisting of (1) a phenolic hydroxyl group, (2) a sulfonamide group, and (3) an active imide group A polymer compound having a functional group in the molecule is preferred. For example, the following are exemplified, but not limited thereto. In addition, the following (2) resin having a sulfonamide group included in “other alkali-soluble polymer” is a resin having a structure different from that of the specific acrylic resin (B).
 (1)フェノール性水酸基を有する高分子化合物としては、例えば、フェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、m-クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、p-クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、m-/p-混合クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、フェノール/クレゾール(m-,p-,又はm-/p-混合のいずれでもよい)混合ホルムアルデヒド樹脂等のノボラック樹脂やピロガロールアセトン樹脂が挙げられる。フェノール性水酸基を有する高分子化合物としてはこの他に、側鎖にフェノール性水酸基を有する高分子化合物を用いることが好ましい。側鎖にフェノール性水酸基を有する高分子化合物としては、フェノール性水酸基と重合可能な不飽和結合をそれぞれ1つ以上有する低分子化合物からなる重合性モノマーを単独重合、或いは該モノマーに他の重合性モノマーを共重合させて得られる高分子化合物が挙げられる。 (1) Examples of the polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group include phenol formaldehyde resin, m-cresol formaldehyde resin, p-cresol formaldehyde resin, m- / p-mixed cresol formaldehyde resin, phenol / cresol (m-, p (May be either-or m- / p-mixture) Novolak resin such as mixed formaldehyde resin and pyrogallol acetone resin. In addition to this, a polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group in the side chain is preferably used as the polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group. As a polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group in the side chain, a polymerizable monomer comprising a low molecular compound having at least one unsaturated bond polymerizable with the phenolic hydroxyl group is homopolymerized, or other polymerizable property is added to the monomer. Examples thereof include a polymer compound obtained by copolymerizing monomers.
 フェノール性水酸基を有する重合性モノマーとしては、フェノール性水酸基を有するアクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、アクリル酸エステル、メタクリル酸エステル、又はヒドロキシスチレン等が挙げられる。具体的には、N-(2-ヒドロキシフェニル)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシフェニル)アクリルアミド、N-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド、N-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)メタクリルアミド、o-ヒドロキシフェニルアクリレート、m-ヒドロキシフェニルアクリレート、p-ヒドロキシフェニルアクリレート、o-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレート、m-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレート、p-ヒドロキシフェニルメタクリレート、o-ヒドロキシスチレン、m-ヒドロキシスチレン、p-ヒドロキシスチレン、2-(2-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチルアクリレート、2-(3-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチルアクリレート、2-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチルアクリレート、2-(2-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチルメタクリレート、2-(3-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチルメタクリレート、2-(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)エチルメタクリレート等を好適に使用することができる。更に、米国特許第4,123,279号明細書に記載されているように、t-ブチルフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、オクチルフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂のような、炭素数3~8のアルキル基を置換基として有するフェノールとホルムアルデヒドとの縮重合体を併用してもよい。 Examples of the polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group include acrylamide, methacrylamide, acrylate ester, methacrylate ester or hydroxystyrene having a phenolic hydroxyl group. Specifically, N- (2-hydroxyphenyl) acrylamide, N- (3-hydroxyphenyl) acrylamide, N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) acrylamide, N- (2-hydroxyphenyl) methacrylamide, N- (3 -Hydroxyphenyl) methacrylamide, N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) methacrylamide, o-hydroxyphenyl acrylate, m-hydroxyphenyl acrylate, p-hydroxyphenyl acrylate, o-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, m-hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, p- Hydroxyphenyl methacrylate, o-hydroxystyrene, m-hydroxystyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, 2- (2-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl acrylate, 2- (3-hydroxyphenyl) Preferred are ethyl acrylate, 2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl acrylate, 2- (2-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl methacrylate, 2- (3-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl methacrylate, 2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl methacrylate, etc. Can be used. Further, as described in US Pat. No. 4,123,279, phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, such as t-butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin. A condensation polymer may be used in combination.
 (2)スルホンアミド基を有するアルカリ可溶性高分子化合物としては、スルホンアミド基を有する重合性モノマーを単独重合、或いは該モノマーに他の重合性モノマーを共重合させて得られる高分子化合物が挙げられる(但し、上記一般式(I)及び一般式(III)で表される構造単位を含む樹脂を除く)。スルホンアミド基を有する重合性モノマーとしては、1分子中に、窒素原子上に少なくとも1つの水素原子が結合したスルホンアミド基-NH-SO2-と、重合可能な不飽和結合をそれぞれ1つ以上有する低分子化合物からなる重合性モノマーが挙げられる。その中でも、アクリロイル基、アリール基、又はビニロキシ基と、置換或いはモノ置換アミノスルホニル基又は置換スルホニルイミノ基とを有する低分子化合物が好ましい。 (2) Examples of the alkali-soluble polymer compound having a sulfonamide group include a polymer compound obtained by homopolymerizing a polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group or copolymerizing the monomer with another polymerizable monomer. (However, the resin containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and the general formula (III) is excluded). The polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group includes one or more sulfonamide groups —NH—SO 2 — in which at least one hydrogen atom is bonded on a nitrogen atom and one or more polymerizable unsaturated bonds in one molecule. And a polymerizable monomer comprising a low molecular weight compound. Among them, a low molecular compound having an acryloyl group, an aryl group, or a vinyloxy group and a substituted or monosubstituted aminosulfonyl group or a substituted sulfonylimino group is preferable.
 (3)活性イミド基を有するアルカリ可溶性高分子化合物は、活性イミド基を分子内に有するものが好ましく、この高分子化合物としては、1分子中に活性イミド基と重合可能な不飽和結合をそれぞれ一つ以上有する低分子化合物からなる重合性モノマーを単独重合、或いは該モノマーに他の重合性モノマーを共重合させて得られる高分子化合物が挙げられる。
 このような化合物としては、具体的には、N-(p-トルエンスルホニル)メタクリルアミド、N-(p-トルエンスルホニル)アクリルアミド等を好適に使用することができる。
(3) The alkali-soluble polymer compound having an active imide group is preferably one having an active imide group in the molecule. Examples thereof include a polymer compound obtained by homopolymerizing a polymerizable monomer composed of one or more low-molecular compounds or by copolymerizing the monomer with another polymerizable monomer.
As such a compound, specifically, N- (p-toluenesulfonyl) methacrylamide, N- (p-toluenesulfonyl) acrylamide and the like can be preferably used.
 更に、本発明における他のアルカリ可溶性高分子化合物としては、前記フェノール性水酸基を有する重合性モノマー、スルホンアミド基を有する重合性モノマー、及び活性イミド基を有する重合性モノマーのうちの2種以上を重合させた高分子化合物、或いはこれら2種以上の重合性モノマーに他の重合性モノマーを共重合させて得られる高分子化合物を使用することが好ましい。フェノール性水酸基を有する重合性モノマーに、スルホンアミド基を有する重合性モノマー及び/又は活性イミド基を有する重合性モノマーを共重合させる場合には、これら成分の配合質量比は50:50から5:95の範囲にあることが好ましく、40:60から10:90の範囲にあることが特に好ましい。 Furthermore, as other alkali-soluble polymer compound in the present invention, two or more of the polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group, the polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group, and the polymerizable monomer having an active imide group may be used. It is preferable to use a polymer compound obtained by polymerization, or a polymer compound obtained by copolymerizing two or more kinds of these polymerizable monomers with another polymerizable monomer. When the polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group is copolymerized with a polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group and / or a polymerizable monomer having an active imide group, the blending mass ratio of these components is 50:50 to 5: It is preferably in the range of 95, particularly preferably in the range of 40:60 to 10:90.
 本発明において、アルカリ可溶性高分子が前記フェノール性水酸基を有する重合性モノマー、スルホンアミド基を有する重合性モノマー、又は活性イミド基を有する重合性モノマーと、他の重合性モノマーとの共重合体である場合には、アルカリ可溶性及び現像ラチチュードの向上効果の観点から、アルカリ可溶性を付与するモノマーは10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むものがより好ましい。 In the present invention, the alkali-soluble polymer is a copolymer of a polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group, a polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group, or a polymerizable monomer having an active imide group and another polymerizable monomer. In some cases, from the viewpoint of the effect of improving alkali solubility and development latitude, the monomer imparting alkali solubility is preferably contained in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more.
 前記フェノール性水酸基を有する重合性モノマー、スルホンアミド基を有する重合性モノマー、又は活性イミド基を有する重合性モノマーと共重合させるモノマー成分としては、下記(m1)~(m12)に挙げる化合物を例示することができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 (m1)2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート又は2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート等の脂肪族水酸基を有するアクリル酸エステル類、及びメタクリル酸エステル類。
 (m2)アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル、アクリル酸ブチル、アクリル酸アミル、アクリル酸ヘキシル、アクリル酸オクチル、アクリル酸ベンジル、アクリル酸-2-クロロエチル、グリシジルアクリレート、等のアルキルアクリレート。
 (m3)メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸プロピル、メタクリル酸ブチル、メタクリル酸アミル、メタクリル酸ヘキシル、メタクリル酸シクロヘキシル、メタクリル酸ベンジル、メタクリル酸-2-クロロエチル、グリシジルメタクリレート、等のアルキルメタクリレート。
 (m4)アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、N-メチロールアクリルアミド、N-エチルアクリルアミド、N-ヘキシルメタクリルアミド、N-シクロヘキシルアクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシエチルアクリルアミド、N-フェニルアクリルアミド、N-ニトロフェニルアクリルアミド、N-エチル-N-フェニルアクリルアミド等のアクリルアミド若しくはメタクリルアミド。
Examples of the monomer component to be copolymerized with the polymerizable monomer having a phenolic hydroxyl group, the polymerizable monomer having a sulfonamide group, or the polymerizable monomer having an active imide group include the compounds listed in the following (m1) to (m12). However, the present invention is not limited to these.
(M1) Acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters having an aliphatic hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate or 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate.
(M2) Alkyl acrylates such as methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, amyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, 2-chloroethyl acrylate, and glycidyl acrylate.
(M3) Alkyl methacrylates such as methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, amyl methacrylate, hexyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, 2-chloroethyl methacrylate and glycidyl methacrylate.
(M4) Acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-methylolacrylamide, N-ethylacrylamide, N-hexylmethacrylamide, N-cyclohexylacrylamide, N-hydroxyethylacrylamide, N-phenylacrylamide, N-nitrophenylacrylamide, N-ethyl- Acrylamide or methacrylamide such as N-phenylacrylamide.
 (m5)エチルビニルエーテル、2-クロロエチルビニルエーテル、ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、プロピルビニルエーテル、ブチルビニルエーテル、オクチルビニルエーテル、フェニルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類。
 (m6)ビニルアセテート、ビニルクロロアセテート、ビニルブチレート、安息香酸ビニル等のビニルエステル類。
 (m7)スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、メチルスチレン、クロロメチルスチレン等のスチレン類。
 (m8)メチルビニルケトン、エチルビニルケトン、プロピルビニルケトン、フェニルビニルケトン等のビニルケトン類。
 (m9)エチレン、プロピレン、イソブチレン、ブタジエン、イソプレン等のオレフィン類。
 (m10)N-ビニルピロリドン、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等。
 (m11)マレイミド、N-アクリロイルアクリルアミド、N-アセチルメタクリルアミド、N-プロピオニルメタクリルアミド、N-(p-クロロベンゾイル)メタクリルアミド等の不飽和イミド。
 (m12)アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、無水マレイン酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和カルボン酸。
(M5) Vinyl ethers such as ethyl vinyl ether, 2-chloroethyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, propyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, and phenyl vinyl ether.
(M6) Vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl butyrate and vinyl benzoate.
(M7) Styrenes such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, methylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene.
(M8) Vinyl ketones such as methyl vinyl ketone, ethyl vinyl ketone, propyl vinyl ketone, and phenyl vinyl ketone.
(M9) Olefins such as ethylene, propylene, isobutylene, butadiene and isoprene.
(M10) N-vinylpyrrolidone, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile and the like.
(M11) Unsaturated imides such as maleimide, N-acryloylacrylamide, N-acetylmethacrylamide, N-propionylmethacrylamide, N- (p-chlorobenzoyl) methacrylamide.
(M12) Unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride and itaconic acid.
 他のアルカリ可溶性高分子としては、赤外線レーザー等による露光での画像形成性に優れる点で、フェノール性水酸基を有することが好ましく、また、フェノール性水酸基を有するアルカリ水可溶性高分子化合物としては、更に、米国特許第4,123,279号明細書に記載されているように、t-ブチルフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、オクチルフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂のような、炭素数3~8のアルキル基を置換基として有するフェノールとホルムアルデヒドとの縮重合体が挙げられる。 The other alkali-soluble polymer preferably has a phenolic hydroxyl group in terms of excellent image-forming properties in exposure with an infrared laser or the like. Further, as the alkali water-soluble polymer compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group, As described in US Pat. No. 4,123,279, phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, such as t-butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin, The condensation polymer of this is mentioned.
 アルカリ水可溶性高分子化合物の共重合の方法としては、従来知られている、グラフト共重合法、ブロック共重合法、ランダム共重合法等を用いることができる。
 上部記録層で用いられるアルカリ可溶性高分子としては、未露光部では強い水素結合性を生起し、露光部においては、一部の水素結合が容易に解除される点においてフェノール性水酸基を有する樹脂が望ましい。更に好ましくはノボラック樹脂である。重量平均分子量が500~20,000であり、数平均分子量が200~10,000のものが好ましい。
As a copolymerization method of the alkaline water-soluble polymer compound, conventionally known graft copolymerization method, block copolymerization method, random copolymerization method and the like can be used.
As the alkali-soluble polymer used in the upper recording layer, there is a resin having a phenolic hydroxyl group in that strong hydrogen bonding occurs in the unexposed area, and in the exposed area, some hydrogen bonds are easily released. desirable. More preferred is a novolac resin. Preferred are those having a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 20,000 and a number average molecular weight of 200 to 10,000.
 本発明において他のアルカリ可溶性高分子として使用されるアルカリ可溶性ノボラック樹脂としては、例えば、フェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、キシレノールクレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂(3,5-、2,3-、2,4-、2,5-キシレノール)、m-クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、p-クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、m-/p-混合クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、フェノール/クレゾール(m-、p-、m-/p-の混合のいずれでもよい)混合ホルムアルデヒド樹脂等のアルカリ可溶性のノボラック樹脂を挙げることができる。これらのアルカリ可溶性のノボラック樹脂は、重量平均分子量が500~20000、数平均分子量が200~10000のものが用いられる。さらに、米国特許第4123279号明細書に記載されているように、t-ブチルフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、オクチルフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂のような、炭素原子数3~8のアルキル基を置換基として有するフェノールとホルムアルデヒドとの縮合物を併用してもよい。 Examples of alkali-soluble novolak resins used as other alkali-soluble polymers in the present invention include phenol formaldehyde resins and xylenol cresol formaldehyde resins (3,5-, 2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5- Xylenol), m-cresol formaldehyde resin, p-cresol formaldehyde resin, m- / p-mixed cresol formaldehyde resin, phenol / cresol (any of m-, p-, m- / p- mixed) mixed formaldehyde resin An alkali-soluble novolak resin such as As these alkali-soluble novolak resins, those having a weight average molecular weight of 500 to 20,000 and a number average molecular weight of 200 to 10,000 are used. Further, as described in US Pat. No. 4,123,279, condensation of phenol and formaldehyde having an alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, such as t-butylphenol formaldehyde resin and octylphenol formaldehyde resin. You may use a thing together.
 アルカリ可溶性ノボラック樹脂中には、オルト位の結合性が高いノボラック樹脂、例えば、キシレノールクレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、m-クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂、p-クレゾールホルムアルデヒド樹脂を多く含有することが好ましく、具体的には、これらのノボラック樹脂が、全ノボラック樹脂中に10質量%以上含まれることが好ましく、30質量%以上含まれることがさらに好ましい。 The alkali-soluble novolak resin preferably contains a large amount of novolak resins having a high ortho-position binding property, such as xylenol cresol formaldehyde resin, m-cresol formaldehyde resin, and p-cresol formaldehyde resin. This novolak resin is preferably contained in an amount of 10% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more in the total novolac resin.
 次に、下部記録層に含有される各化合物について述べる。
酸発生剤
 下部記録層は、露光部におけるアルカリ水可溶高分子のアルカリ水溶解性を向上させるために、光又は熱により分解して酸を発生する酸発生剤を含有してもよい。
 酸発生剤としては、200nm~500nmの波長の光照射又は100℃以上の加熱により酸を発生する化合物を意味し、例としては、光カチオン重合の光開始剤、光ラジカル重合の光開始剤、色素類の光消色剤、光変色剤、あるいはマイクロレジスト等に使用されている公知の酸発生剤等、公知の熱分解により酸を発生する化合物、及びそれらの混合物等が挙げられる。発生する酸としては、スルホン酸、塩酸等のpKaが2以下の強酸であることが好ましい。
 本発明において好適に用いられる開始剤は特開平11-95415号公報に記載のトリアジン系化合物、又特開平7-20629号公報に記載の潜伏性ブレンステッド酸などが挙げられる。ここで、潜伏性ブロンステッド酸とは、分解してブロンステッド酸を生成する前駆体をいう。ブロンステッド酸は、レゾール樹脂とノボラック樹脂との間のマトリックス生成反応を触媒すると信じられる。この目的に適切なブロンステッド酸の典型的な例は、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸及びヘキサフルオロホスホン酸である。
Next, each compound contained in the lower recording layer will be described.
Acid generator The lower recording layer may contain an acid generator that decomposes with light or heat to generate an acid in order to improve the alkali water solubility of the alkali water soluble polymer in the exposed area.
The acid generator means a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with light having a wavelength of 200 nm to 500 nm or heating at 100 ° C. or higher. Examples thereof include known compounds that generate acid by thermal decomposition, such as known acid generators used in dyes, photodecolorants, photochromic agents, and microresists. The acid generated is preferably a strong acid having a pKa of 2 or less, such as sulfonic acid and hydrochloric acid.
Examples of the initiator suitably used in the present invention include triazine compounds described in JP-A-11-95415, and latent Brönsted acids described in JP-A-7-20629. Here, the latent Bronsted acid refers to a precursor that decomposes to produce a Bronsted acid. The Bronsted acid is believed to catalyze the matrix formation reaction between the resole resin and the novolak resin. Typical examples of Bronsted acids suitable for this purpose are trifluoromethanesulfonic acid and hexafluorophosphonic acid.
 イオン性潜伏性ブロンステッド酸が、本発明に好ましく使用できる。これらの例は、オニウム塩、特にヨードニウム、スルホニウム、ホスホニウム、セレノニウム、ジアゾニウム、及びアルソニウム塩を包含する。特に有用なオニウム塩の特定の例は:ジフェニルヨードニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート、トリフェニルスルホニウムヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、フェニルメチル-オルソ-シアノベンジルスルホニウムトリフルオロメタンスルホネート、及び2-メトキシ-4-アミノフェニルジアゾニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェートを包含する。 An ionic latent Bronsted acid can be preferably used in the present invention. Examples of these include onium salts, especially iodonium, sulfonium, phosphonium, selenonium, diazonium, and arsonium salts. Specific examples of particularly useful onium salts are: diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, phenylmethyl-ortho-cyanobenzylsulfonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 2-methoxy-4-aminophenyldiazonium hexafluorophosphate Is included.
 非イオン性潜伏性ブロンステッド酸もまた本発明において適切に用いられる。これらの例は、下記式で表される化合物:
 RCH2X、RCHX2、RCX3、R(CH2X)2、及びR(CH2X)3、(式中、Xは、Cl、Br、F、もしくはCF3SO3であり、Rは、芳香族基、脂肪族基もしくは芳香族基及び脂肪族基の結合体である)を包含する。
 有用なイオン性潜伏性ブロンステッド酸は、下記式によって表されるものである。
Nonionic latent Bronsted acids are also suitably used in the present invention. These examples are compounds represented by the following formula:
RCH 2 X, RCHX 2 , RCX 3 , R (CH 2 X) 2 , and R (CH 2 X) 3 , wherein X is Cl, Br, F, or CF 3 SO 3 , R is An aromatic group, an aliphatic group, or a combination of an aromatic group and an aliphatic group.
Useful ionic latent Bronsted acids are those represented by the following formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

 
 式中、Xが、ヨウ素の場合、R3及びR4は、孤立電子対であり、R1及びR2は、アリール基もしくは置換アリール基である。Xが、SもしくはSeである場合、R4は孤立電子対であり、R1、R2及びR3はアリール基、置換アリール基、脂肪族基もしくは置換脂肪族基であってもよい。Xが、PもしくはAsの場合、そのときR4は、アリール基、置換アリール基、脂肪族基もしくは置換脂肪族基であってもよい。Wは、BF4、CF3SO3、SbF6、CCl3CO2、ClO4、AsF6、もしくはPF6、又はpHが3未満であるいずれの対応する酸となることができる。米国特許第4,708,925号明細書に記載されるいずれのオニウム塩も、本発明の潜伏性ブロンステッド酸として用いることができる。これらは、インドニウム、スルホニウム、ホスホニウム、ブロモニウム、クロロニウム、オキシスルホキソニウム、オキシスルホニウム、スルホキソニウム、セレノニウム、テルロニウム及びアルソニウム塩を包含する。 In the formula, when X is iodine, R 3 and R 4 are a lone pair, and R 1 and R 2 are an aryl group or a substituted aryl group. When X is S or Se, R 4 is a lone pair, and R 1 , R 2, and R 3 may be an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an aliphatic group, or a substituted aliphatic group. When X is P or As, then R 4 may be an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, an aliphatic group or a substituted aliphatic group. W can be BF 4 , CF 3 SO 3 , SbF 6 , CCl 3 CO 2 , ClO 4 , AsF 6 , or PF 6 , or any corresponding acid whose pH is less than 3. Any onium salt described in US Pat. No. 4,708,925 can be used as the latent Bronsted acid of the present invention. These include indonium, sulfonium, phosphonium, bromonium, chloronium, oxysulfoxonium, oxysulfonium, sulfoxonium, selenonium, telluronium and arsonium salts.
 潜伏性ブロンステッド酸としてジアゾニウム塩を使用することが、本発明では、特に好ましい。これらは、赤外領域において、その他の潜伏性ブロンステッド酸と等価の感受性、そして紫外領域においてより高い感受性を提供する。 The use of a diazonium salt as the latent Bronsted acid is particularly preferred in the present invention. They provide sensitivities equivalent to other latent Bronsted acids in the infrared region and higher sensitivity in the ultraviolet region.
 本発明において、これらの酸発生剤は、画像形成性、非画像部の汚れ防止の観点から、下部記録層全固形分に対し0.01質量%~50質量%、好ましくは0.1質量%~25質量%、より好ましくは0.5質量%~20質量%の割合で添加される。 In the present invention, these acid generators are 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 0.1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the lower recording layer, from the viewpoints of image forming properties and prevention of smearing of non-image areas. It is added at a ratio of ˜25% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass.
赤外線吸収剤
 本発明における2層以上の記録層の少なくとも1層は、光熱変換機能を発現する構成成分である赤外線吸収剤を含有する。この赤外線吸収剤は、吸収した赤外線を熱に変換する機能を有しており、レーザ走査により相互作用の解除、現像インヒビターの分解、酸の発生等が起こり、現像液に対する溶解性が大きく増加する。また、この赤外線吸収剤自体が、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と相互作用を形成し、アルカリ可溶性を抑制させる場合もあり、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と赤外線吸収剤とを含有することで、該記録層はポジ型記録層となる。
 このような赤外線吸収剤が、上部記録層に含まれてもよい。例えば、上部記録層に赤外線吸収剤が含まれてポジ型記録層を形成する場合、上部記録層の露光領域が現像により除去されると、露出した下部記録層に含まれるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が本来有するアルカリ可溶性が発現され、露光領域が速やかに除去されるため、下部記録層に赤外線吸収剤が含まれない場合においてもポジ型画像形成される。
 また、本実施形態では、下部記録層に赤外線吸収剤が含まれてもよい。下部記録層に赤外線吸収剤が含まれる場合、均一に混合された(A)特定ポリウレタンと(B)特定アクリル樹脂とを含む層中に赤外線吸収剤が均一に分散されることになり、相互作用解除性を向上させたり、酸発生剤が含まれる場合にはその分解性を向上させたりするものと考えられる。
 本発明において使用される赤外線吸収剤は、波長760nmから1200nmの赤外線を有効に吸収する染料又は顔料である。好ましくは、波長760nmから1200nmに吸収極大を有する染料又は顔料である。
Infrared Absorber At least one of the two or more recording layers in the present invention contains an infrared absorber that is a component that exhibits a photothermal conversion function. This infrared absorber has a function of converting the absorbed infrared rays into heat, and the laser scanning causes the cancellation of the interaction, the decomposition of the development inhibitor, the generation of acid, etc., and the solubility in the developer is greatly increased. . Further, the infrared absorber itself may interact with the alkali-soluble resin to suppress alkali solubility, and the recording layer contains a positive-type recording layer by containing the alkali-soluble resin and the infrared absorber. It becomes.
Such an infrared absorber may be included in the upper recording layer. For example, when an upper recording layer contains an infrared absorber to form a positive recording layer, when the exposed area of the upper recording layer is removed by development, the alkali-soluble resin contained in the exposed lower recording layer originally has Since alkali solubility is developed and the exposed area is quickly removed, a positive image is formed even when the lower recording layer does not contain an infrared absorber.
In the present embodiment, the lower recording layer may contain an infrared absorber. When the lower recording layer contains an infrared absorber, the infrared absorber is uniformly dispersed in the layer containing (A) the specific polyurethane and (B) the specific acrylic resin that are uniformly mixed, and the interaction It is considered that the releasability is improved or the decomposition property is improved when an acid generator is contained.
The infrared absorber used in the present invention is a dye or pigment that effectively absorbs infrared rays having a wavelength of 760 nm to 1200 nm. A dye or pigment having an absorption maximum at a wavelength of 760 nm to 1200 nm is preferable.
 以下に、本発明の平版印刷版原版に好適に使用できる赤外線吸収剤について詳述する。
 赤外線吸収剤として使用され得る染料としては、市販の染料及び例えば「染料便覧」(有機合成化学協会編集、1970年刊)等の文献に記載されている公知のものが利用できる。具体的には、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、ピラゾロンアゾ染料、ナフトキノン染料、アントラキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料、カルボニウム染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、シアニン染料、スクワリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、金属チオレート錯体等の染料が挙げられる。
The infrared absorber that can be suitably used for the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention will be described in detail below.
As the dye that can be used as the infrared absorber, commercially available dyes and known dyes described in documents such as “Dye Handbook” (edited by the Society for Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1970) can be used. Specifically, dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, metal thiolate complexes, etc. Is mentioned.
 好ましい染料としては、例えば、特開昭58-125246号、特開昭59-84356号、特開昭59-202829号、特開昭60-78787号等に記載されているシアニン染料、特開昭58-173696号、特開昭58-181690号、特開昭58-194595号等に記載されているメチン染料、特開昭58-112793号、特開昭58-224793号、特開昭59-48187号、特開昭59-73996号、特開昭60-52940号、特開昭60-63744号等に記載されているナフトキノン染料、特開昭58-112792号等に記載されているスクワリリウム色素、英国特許434,875号記載のシアニン染料等を挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the dye include cyanine dyes described in JP-A-58-125246, JP-A-59-84356, JP-A-59-202829, JP-A-60-78787, and the like. Methine dyes described in JP-A Nos. 58-173696, 58-181690, 58-194595, JP-A-58-112793, JP-A-58-224793, JP-A-59- 48187, JP-A-59-73996, JP-A-60-52940, JP-A-60-63744, etc., naphthoquinone dyes, JP-A-58-112792, etc. And cyanine dyes described in British Patent 434,875.
 また、米国特許第5,156,938号記載の近赤外吸収増感剤も好適に用いられ、また、米国特許第3,881,924号記載の置換されたアリールベンゾ(チオ)ピリリウム塩、特開昭57-142645号(米国特許第4,327,169号)記載のトリメチンチアピリリウム塩、特開昭58-181051号、同58-220143号、同59-41363号、同59-84248号、同59-84249号、同59-146063号、同59-146061号に記載されているピリリウム系化合物、特開昭59-216146号記載のシアニン色素、米国特許第4,283,475号に記載のペンタメチンチオピリリウム塩等や特公平5-13514号、同5-19702号に開示されているピリリウム化合物も好ましく用いられる。 Also, a near infrared absorption sensitizer described in US Pat. No. 5,156,938 is preferably used, and a substituted arylbenzo (thio) pyrylium salt described in US Pat. No. 3,881,924, Trimethine thiapyrylium salts described in JP-A-57-142645 (US Pat. No. 4,327,169), JP-A-58-181051, 58-220143, 59-41363, 59-84248 Nos. 59-84249, 59-146063, 59-146061, pyranlium compounds, cyanine dyes described in JP-A-59-216146, US Pat. No. 4,283,475 The pentamethine thiopyrylium salts described above and the pyrylium compounds disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 5-13514 and 5-19702 are also preferably used. That.
 また、染料として好ましい別の例として米国特許第4,756,993号明細書中に式(I)、(II)として記載されている近赤外吸収染料を挙げることができる。
 これらの染料のうち特に好ましいものとしては、シアニン色素、スクワリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、ニッケルチオレート錯体が挙げられる。
Another example of a preferable dye is a near-infrared absorbing dye described in US Pat. No. 4,756,993 as formulas (I) and (II).
Particularly preferred among these dyes are cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, and nickel thiolate complexes.
 本発明において使用される顔料としては、市販の顔料及びカラーインデックス(C.I.)便覧、「最新顔料便覧」(日本顔料技術協会編、1977年刊)、「最新顔料応用技術」(CMC出版、1986年刊)、「印刷インキ技術」CMC出版、1984年刊)に記載されている顔料が利用できる。 Examples of the pigment used in the present invention include commercially available pigments and color index (CI) manual, “Latest Pigment Handbook” (edited by Japan Pigment Technology Association, published in 1977), “Latest Pigment Application Technology” (CMC Publishing, 1986), “Printing Ink Technology”, CMC Publishing, 1984) can be used.
 顔料の種類としては、黒色顔料、黄色顔料、オレンジ色顔料、褐色顔料、赤色顔料、紫色顔料、青色顔料、緑色顔料、蛍光顔料、金属粉顔料、その他、ポリマー結合色素が挙げられる。具体例としては、不溶性アゾ顔料、アゾレーキ顔料、縮合アゾ顔料、キレートアゾ顔料、フタロシアニン系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、ペリレン及びペリノン系顔料、チオインジゴ系顔料、キナクリドン系顔料、ジオキサジン系顔料、イソインドリノン系顔料、キノフタロン系顔料、染付けレーキ顔料、アジン顔料、ニトロソ顔料、ニトロ顔料、天然顔料、蛍光顔料、無機顔料、カーボンブラック等が挙げられる。 Examples of pigments include black pigments, yellow pigments, orange pigments, brown pigments, red pigments, purple pigments, blue pigments, green pigments, fluorescent pigments, metal powder pigments, and other polymer-bonded dyes. Specific examples include insoluble azo pigments, azo lake pigments, condensed azo pigments, chelate azo pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene and perinone pigments, thioindigo pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, isoindolinone pigments. Quinophthalone pigments, dyed lake pigments, azine pigments, nitroso pigments, nitro pigments, natural pigments, fluorescent pigments, inorganic pigments, carbon black and the like.
 これら顔料は表面処理をせずに用いてもよく、表面処理を施して用いてもよい。表面処理の方法には、樹脂やワックスを表面コートする方法、界面活性剤を付着させる方法、反応性物質(例えば、シランカップリング剤、エポキシ化合物、ポリイソシアネート等)を顔料表面に結合させる方法等が考えられる。上記の表面処理方法は、「金属石鹸の性質と応用」(幸書房)、「印刷インキ技術」(CMC出版、1984年刊)及び「最新顔料応用技術」(CMC出版、1986年刊)に記載されている。 These pigments may be used without surface treatment or may be used after surface treatment. The surface treatment method includes a method of surface coating with a resin or wax, a method of attaching a surfactant, a method of bonding a reactive substance (eg, silane coupling agent, epoxy compound, polyisocyanate, etc.) to the pigment surface, etc. Can be considered. The above-mentioned surface treatment methods are described in “Characteristics and Applications of Metal Soap” (Shobobo), “Printing Ink Technology” (CMC Publishing, 1984) and “Latest Pigment Application Technology” (CMC Publishing, 1986). Yes.
 顔料の粒径は、記録層用塗布液の安定性や形成される記録層の均一性の観点から、0.01μm~10μmの範囲にあることが好ましく、0.05μm~1μmの範囲にあることがさらに好ましく、特に0.1μm~1μmの範囲にあることが好ましい。 The particle diameter of the pigment is preferably in the range of 0.01 μm to 10 μm, and preferably in the range of 0.05 μm to 1 μm, from the viewpoint of the stability of the recording layer coating liquid and the uniformity of the recording layer to be formed. Is more preferable, and particularly in the range of 0.1 μm to 1 μm.
 顔料を分散する方法としては、インク製造やトナー製造等に用いられる公知の分散技術が使用できる。分散機としては、超音波分散器、サンドミル、アトライター、パールミル、スーパーミル、ボールミル、インペラー、デスパーザー、KDミル、コロイドミル、ダイナトロン、3本ロールミル、加圧ニーダー等が挙げられる。詳細は、「最新顔料応用技術」(CMC出版、1986年刊)に記載されている。 As a method for dispersing the pigment, a known dispersion technique used for ink production, toner production, or the like can be used. Examples of the disperser include an ultrasonic disperser, a sand mill, an attritor, a pearl mill, a super mill, a ball mill, an impeller, a disperser, a KD mill, a colloid mill, a dynatron, a three-roll mill, and a pressure kneader. Details are described in "Latest Pigment Applied Technology" (CMC Publishing, 1986).
 本発明の平版印刷版原版はポジ型の記録層を有するため、特定の官能基を有するバインダーポリマーとの相互作用によりポジ作用(未露光部はアルカリ現像液に対する溶解が抑制され、露光部ではその溶解抑制作用が解除される。)を生じさせる赤外線吸収剤を用いることが好ましく、その点でオニウム塩型構造を有するものが特に好ましい。具体的には、前記した赤外線吸収剤のうち、特にシアニン色素、ピリリウム塩が好ましい。シアニン色素、ピリリウム塩の詳細については前述の通りである。 Since the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention has a positive recording layer, the positive action is caused by the interaction with the binder polymer having a specific functional group (dissolution in the unexposed area is suppressed in an alkaline developer, and It is preferable to use an infrared absorber that causes the dissolution inhibiting action to be released, and in that respect, those having an onium salt structure are particularly preferable. Specifically, among the above-described infrared absorbers, cyanine dyes and pyrylium salts are particularly preferable. The details of the cyanine dye and the pyrylium salt are as described above.
 さらに、特願平10-237634号に記載のアニオン性赤外線吸収剤も好適に使用することができる。このアニオン性赤外線吸収剤は、実質的に赤外線を吸収する色素の母核にカチオン構造が無く、アニオン構造を有するものを指す。
 例えば、(a-1)アニオン性金属錯体、(a-2)アニオン性フタロシアニンが挙げられる。
 ここで、(a-1)アニオン性金属錯体とは、実質的に光を吸収する錯体部の中心金属及び配位子全体でアニオンとなるものを指す。
 (a-2)アニオン性フタロシアニンは、フタロシアニン骨格に、置換基としてスルホン酸、カルボン酸、ホスホン酸基等のアニオン基が結合し、全体としてアニオンとなっているものを指す。
 さらに特願平10-237634号の[0014]ないし[0105]に記載の[Ga--M-Gb]mm+で示されるアニオン性赤外線吸収剤〔ここで、Ga-はアニオン性置換基を表し、Gbは中性の置換基を表す。Xm+は、プロトンを含む1~m価のカチオンを表し、mは1ないし6の整数を表す。〕を挙げることができる。
Further, an anionic infrared absorber described in Japanese Patent Application No. 10-237634 can also be suitably used. This anionic infrared absorber refers to one having an anion structure without a cation structure in the mother nucleus of a dye that substantially absorbs infrared rays.
Examples include (a-1) anionic metal complexes and (a-2) anionic phthalocyanines.
Here, the (a-1) anionic metal complex refers to an anion formed by the central metal and the entire ligand of the complex part that substantially absorbs light.
(A-2) Anionic phthalocyanine refers to an anionic phthalocyanine in which an anionic group such as a sulfonic acid, a carboxylic acid, or a phosphonic acid group is bonded to a phthalocyanine skeleton as a substituent to form an anion as a whole.
Further, an anionic infrared absorber represented by [Ga -M-Gb] m X m + described in [0014] to [0105] of Japanese Patent Application No. 10-237634 [wherein Ga represents an anionic substituent] Gb represents a neutral substituent. X m + represents a 1 to m-valent cation including a proton, and m represents an integer of 1 to 6. ] Can be mentioned.
 赤外線吸収剤としては、染料であることが好ましく、好適な例として、特開平11-291652号公報の段落番号[0018]乃至[0034]に記載のオニウム塩構造を有する赤外線吸収剤が挙げられる。 The infrared absorber is preferably a dye, and preferable examples include infrared absorbers having an onium salt structure described in paragraphs [0018] to [0034] of JP-A No. 11-291652.
 記録層には、さらに感度及び現像ラチチュードを向上させる目的で、上記のシアニン色素、ピリリウム塩、アニオン系色素などの溶解抑制能を発現する赤外線吸収剤と、それ以外の染料又は顔料等を併用することもできる。 For the purpose of further improving the sensitivity and development latitude, the recording layer is used in combination with an infrared absorber that exhibits the ability to suppress dissolution of the above cyanine dyes, pyrylium salts, anionic dyes, and other dyes or pigments. You can also.
 本発明において、赤外線吸収剤は、下部記録層及びその他の記録層において、それぞれの記録層の全固形分に対し、画像形成性、非画像部の汚れ発生抑制の観点から、0.01質量%~50質量%添加することが好ましく、より好ましくは0.1質量%~20質量%、さらに好ましくは0.5質量%~15質量%である。 In the present invention, the infrared absorber is 0.01% by mass in the lower recording layer and the other recording layers from the viewpoint of image forming property and suppression of occurrence of contamination in the non-image area with respect to the total solid content of each recording layer. It is preferable to add ˜50 mass%, more preferably 0.1 mass% to 20 mass%, still more preferably 0.5 mass% to 15 mass%.
 本発明の平版印刷版原版の記録層は、赤外線レーザ照射装置との関連においてアブレーションを起こさないものであることを要する。このアブレーション防止の観点から、特に、赤外線レーザの受光面であるその他の記録層に含まれるバインダーである高分子材料としては、熱エネルギーの付与により、アルカリ水、即ちアルカリ現像液に対する可溶性が変化するものであればいずれも用いることができるが、入手の容易性、アブレーションの起こり難さの観点からは、水に不溶であり、且つ、アルカリ水に可溶な高分子を用いることが好ましい。 The recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention is required not to cause ablation in connection with the infrared laser irradiation apparatus. From the viewpoint of preventing this ablation, in particular, as a polymer material that is a binder contained in another recording layer that is a light receiving surface of an infrared laser, the solubility in alkaline water, that is, an alkaline developer, is changed by application of thermal energy. Any of them can be used, but from the viewpoint of easy availability and difficulty in ablation, it is preferable to use a polymer that is insoluble in water and soluble in alkaline water.
 また、アブレーションの起こり難さの指標として高分子の天井温度、即ち、ビニル化合物などの重合反応において重合反応と解重合反応との速度が等しくなる温度、が高いものを選択することが挙げられるが、簡易には、高分子の分解温度を指標として選択することができる。本発明において、記録層を構成する高分子としては、分解温度が150℃以上のものが好ましく、さらには、分解温度200℃以上のものが好ましい。分解温度が150℃未満であるとアブレーション発生の可能性が高まり好ましくない。記録層に含まれる高分子化合物以外の成分も分解温度が150℃以上であることが好ましいが、添加量が少ないものについては、実質上問題にならない範囲で、分解温度が150℃未満の成分も用いることができる。 In addition, as an index of the difficulty of ablation, it is possible to select a polymer having a high ceiling temperature, that is, a temperature at which the rate of the polymerization reaction and the depolymerization reaction becomes equal in a polymerization reaction of a vinyl compound or the like. For simplicity, the decomposition temperature of the polymer can be selected as an index. In the present invention, the polymer constituting the recording layer preferably has a decomposition temperature of 150 ° C. or higher, and more preferably has a decomposition temperature of 200 ° C. or higher. If the decomposition temperature is less than 150 ° C., the possibility of ablation increases, which is not preferable. Components other than the polymer compound contained in the recording layer preferably have a decomposition temperature of 150 ° C. or higher. However, components with a small addition amount include components having a decomposition temperature of less than 150 ° C. as long as they do not cause any problems. Can be used.
 本発明におけるポジ型記録層には、上記の各構成成分の他、目的に応じて種々の公知の添加剤を併用することができる。複数の記録層のうち、下部記録層には赤外線吸収剤とともに(A)特定ポリウレタンと(B)特定アクリル樹脂とを含有する必要があるが、その他の添加剤は、下部記録層、その他の記録層ともに同様のものを用いることができる。 In the positive recording layer of the present invention, various known additives can be used in combination with the above-mentioned constituent components in accordance with the purpose. Of the plurality of recording layers, the lower recording layer needs to contain (A) a specific polyurethane and (B) a specific acrylic resin together with an infrared absorber. Other additives include the lower recording layer and other recording layers. The same layer can be used.
その他の添加剤
 本発明の各記録層には、画像部領域の耐現像性を向上させる目的でフッ素ポリマーを添加することが好ましい。画像記録層に使用されるフッ素含有ポリマーとしては、特開平11-288093号公報、特開2000-187318号公報に記載されているようなフッ素含有のモノマー共重合体が挙げられる。
Other Additives It is preferable to add a fluoropolymer to each recording layer of the present invention for the purpose of improving the development resistance of the image area. Examples of the fluorine-containing polymer used in the image recording layer include fluorine-containing monomer copolymers as described in JP-A Nos. 11-288093 and 2000-187318.
 フッ素ポリマーの好ましい具体例としては、特開平11-288093号公報に記載されているP-1~P-13のフッ素を含有するアクリル系ポリマーや特開2000-187318号公報に記載されているA-1~A33のフッ素を含有するアクリル系モノマーを任意のアクリルモノマーと共重合して得られたフッ素含有ポリマーなどを挙げることが出来る。 Preferable specific examples of the fluoropolymer include acrylic polymers containing fluorine of P-1 to P-13 described in JP-A No. 11-288093 and A described in JP-A No. 2000-187318. Examples thereof include fluorine-containing polymers obtained by copolymerizing acrylic monomers having fluorine atoms of -1 to A33 with any acrylic monomer.
 以上に挙げたフッ素含有ポリマーとしては、重量平均分子量が2000以上であり、数平均分子量が1000以上のものが好ましく用いられる。更に好ましくは重量平均分子量が5000~300000であり、数平均分子量が2000~250000である。 As the above-mentioned fluorine-containing polymers, those having a weight average molecular weight of 2000 or more and a number average molecular weight of 1000 or more are preferably used. More preferably, the weight average molecular weight is 5000 to 300000, and the number average molecular weight is 2000 to 250,000.
 また、フッ素含有ポリマーとして、前記好ましい分子量を有する化合物である、市販のフッ素系界面活性剤を用いることもできる。具体例として、DIC(株)製、メガファック(MEGAFACE)F-171、F-173、F-176、F-183、F-184、F―780、F-781(いずれも商品名)を挙げることができる。 Further, as the fluorine-containing polymer, a commercially available fluorine-based surfactant that is a compound having the preferred molecular weight can also be used. Specific examples include MEGAFACE F-171, F-173, F-176, F-183, F-184, F-780, and F-781 (all trade names) manufactured by DIC Corporation. be able to.
 これらフッ素含有ポリマーは1種類用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用することもできる。前記フッ素含有ポリマーの添加量は、画像記録層固形分に対し1.4質量%以上であることが本発明の要件として必要である。好ましい添加量は、1.4~5.0質量%である。添加量が1.4質量%を下回る場合は、フッ素含有ポリマーの添加目的である画像記録層の現像ラチチュード向上効果が十分に得られない。なお、5.0質量%を越えて添加しても現像ラチチュードの改善効果は向上せず、却ってフッ素含有ポリマーの影響により画像記録層表面の難溶化が進み、感度を低下させる懸念がある。 These fluorine-containing polymers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the fluorine-containing polymer added is 1.4% by mass or more based on the solid content of the image recording layer as a requirement of the present invention. A preferable addition amount is 1.4 to 5.0% by mass. When the addition amount is less than 1.4% by mass, the effect of improving the development latitude of the image recording layer, which is the purpose of adding the fluorine-containing polymer, cannot be sufficiently obtained. Even if it exceeds 5.0% by mass, the effect of improving the development latitude is not improved. On the other hand, there is a concern that the surface of the image recording layer may become hardly soluble due to the influence of the fluorine-containing polymer and the sensitivity may be lowered.
溶解抑制剤
 本発明における下部記録層或いは他の記録層は、更に必要に応じて、オニウム塩、o-キノンジアジド化合物、芳香族スルホン化合物、芳香族スルホン酸エステル化合物等の熱分解性であり、分解しない状態ではアルカリ水可溶性高分子化合物の溶解性を実質的に低下させる物質(溶解抑制剤)を含んでもよい。溶解抑制剤の添加により、画像部の現像液への溶解阻止性が向上されるとともに、この化合物を添加することにより赤外線吸収剤としてアルカリ可溶性樹脂との間に相互作用を形成しないものを用いることも可能となる。オニウム塩としてはジアゾニウム塩、アンモニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、セレノニウム塩、アルソニウム塩等を挙げることができる。
Dissolution inhibitor In the present invention, the lower recording layer or other recording layers are further thermally decomposable, such as an onium salt, an o-quinonediazide compound, an aromatic sulfone compound, and an aromatic sulfonic acid ester compound, if necessary. If not, a substance (dissolution inhibitor) that substantially reduces the solubility of the alkaline water-soluble polymer compound may be included. By adding a dissolution inhibitor, the ability to dissolve the image area into the developer is improved, and by adding this compound, an infrared absorber that does not form an interaction with an alkali-soluble resin should be used. Is also possible. Examples of onium salts include diazonium salts, ammonium salts, phosphonium salts, iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, selenonium salts, and arsonium salts.
 本発明において用いうるオニウム塩として、好適なものとしては、例えば、S.I.Schlesinger,Photogr.Sci.Eng.,18,387(1974)、T.S.Baletal,Polymer,21,423(1980)、特開平5-158230号公報に記載のジアゾニウム塩、米国特許第4,069,055号、同4,069,056号、特開平3-140140号の明細書に記載のアンモニウム塩、D.C.Neckeretal,Macromolecules,17,2468(1984)、C.S.Wenetal,Teh,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478 Tokyo,Oct(1988)、米国特許第4,069,055号、同4,069,056号に記載のホスホニウム塩、J.V.Crivelloetal,Macromorecules,10(6),1307(1977)、Chem.&Eng.News,Nov.28,p31(1988)、欧州特許第104,143号、米国特許第5,041,358号、同第4,491,628号、特開平2-150848号、特開平2-296514号に記載のヨードニウム塩、 Preferred examples of onium salts that can be used in the present invention include S.I. I. Schlesinger, Photogr. Sci. Eng. , 18, 387 (1974), T.A. S. Baletal, Polymer, 21, 423 (1980), diazonium salts described in JP-A-5-158230, US Pat. Nos. 4,069,055, 4,069,056, and JP-A-3-140140 Ammonium salts described in the C. Necker et al., Macromolecules, 17, 2468 (1984), C.I. S. Wenetal, Teh, Proc. Conf. Rad. Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct (1988), U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,069,055 and 4,069,056; V. Crivello et al., Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977), Chem. & Eng. News, Nov. 28, p31 (1988), European Patent No. 104,143, US Pat. Nos. 5,041,358, 4,491,628, JP-A-2-150848 and JP-A-2-296514. Iodonium salt,
J.V.Crivelloetal,PolymerJ.17,73(1985)、J.V.Crivelloetal.J.Org.Chem.,43,3055(1978)、W.R.Wattetal,J.PolymerSci.,PolymerChem.Ed.,22,1789(1984)、J.V.Crivelloetal,PolymerBull.,14,279(1985)、J.V.Crivelloetal,Macromorecules,14(5),1141(1981)、J.V.Crivelloetal,J.PolymerSci.,PolymerChem.Ed.,17,2877(1979)、欧州特許第370,693号、同233,567号、同297,443号、同297,442号、米国特許第4,933,377号、同3,902,114号、同4,491,628号、同5,041,358号、同4,760,013号、同4,734,444号、同2,833,827号、独国特許第2,904,626号、同3,604,580号、同3,604,581号に記載のスルホニウム塩、J.V.Crivelloetal,Macromorecules,10(6),1307(1977)、J.V.Crivelloetal,J.PolymerSci.,PolymerChem.Ed.,17,1047(1979)に記載のセレノニウム塩、C.S.Wenetal,Teh,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478Tokyo,Oct(1988)に記載のアルソニウム塩等が挙げられる。 J. et al. V. Crivello et al., Polymer J .; 17, 73 (1985), J. Am. V. Crivello et al. J. et al. Org. Chem. 43, 3055 (1978); R. Wattal, J. et al. PolymerSci. , Polymer Chem. Ed. , 22, 1789 (1984), J. Am. V. Crivello et al., Polymer Bull. 14, 279 (1985), J. Am. V. Crivello et al., Macromolecules, 14 (5), 1141 (1981), J. MoI. V. Crivello et al. PolymerSci. , Polymer Chem. Ed. 17, 2877 (1979), European Patents 370,693, 233,567, 297,443, 297,442, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,933,377, 3,902,114 No. 4,491,628, No. 5,041,358, No. 4,760,013, No. 4,734,444, No. 2,833,827, German Patent No. 2,904 No. 626, No. 3,604,580, No. 3,604,581, sulfonium salts described in J.P. V. Crivello et al., Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977), J. MoI. V. Crivello et al. PolymerSci. , Polymer Chem. Ed. , 17, 1047 (1979), a selenonium salt described in C.I. S. Wenetal, Teh, Proc. Conf. Rad. Examples include the arsonium salts described in Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct (1988).
 本発明に用いうる溶解抑制剤としては、ジアゾニウム塩が特に好ましい。また、特に好適なジアゾニウム塩としては、特開平5-158230号公報記載のものが挙げられる。
 オニウム塩の対イオンとしては、四フッ化ホウ酸、六フッ化リン酸、トリイソプロピルナフタレンスルホン酸、5-ニトロ-o-トルエンスルホン酸、5-スルホサリチル酸、2,5-ジメチルベンゼンスルホン酸、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゼンスルホン酸、2-ニトロベンゼンスルホン酸、3-クロロベンゼンスルホン酸、3-ブロモベンゼンスルホン酸、2-フルオロカプリルナフタレンスルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸、1-ナフトール-5-スルホン酸、2-メトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ベンゾイル-ベンゼンスルホン酸、及びパラトルエンスルホン酸等を挙げることができる。これらの中でも特に六フッ化リン酸、トリイソプロピルナフタレンスルホン酸や2,5-ジメチルベンゼンスルホン酸のごときアルキル芳香族スルホン酸が好適である。
As a dissolution inhibitor that can be used in the present invention, a diazonium salt is particularly preferable. Particularly suitable diazonium salts include those described in JP-A-5-158230.
Counter ions of the onium salt include tetrafluoroboric acid, hexafluorophosphoric acid, triisopropylnaphthalenesulfonic acid, 5-nitro-o-toluenesulfonic acid, 5-sulfosalicylic acid, 2,5-dimethylbenzenesulfonic acid, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonic acid, 2-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-bromobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-fluorocaprylnaphthalenesulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, 1-naphthol-5-sulfone And acid, 2-methoxy-4-hydroxy-5-benzoyl-benzenesulfonic acid, and paratoluenesulfonic acid. Of these, alkyl aromatic sulfonic acids such as hexafluorophosphoric acid, triisopropylnaphthalenesulfonic acid and 2,5-dimethylbenzenesulfonic acid are particularly preferred.
 好適なキノンジアジド類としては、o-キノンジアジド化合物を挙げることができる。本発明に用いられるo-キノンジアジド化合物は、少なくとも1個のo-キノンジアジド基を有する化合物で、熱分解によりアルカリ可溶性を増すものであり、種々の構造の化合物を用いることができる。つまり、o-キノンジアジドは熱分解により結着剤の溶解抑制能を失うことと、o-キノンジアジド自身がアルカリ可溶性の物質に変化することの両方の効果により感材系の溶解性を助ける。
 本発明に用いられるo-キノンジアジド化合物としては、例えば、J.コーサー著「ライト センシティブ・システムズ」(John Wiley & Sons.Inc.)第339~352頁に記載の化合物が使用できるが、特に種々の芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物あるいは芳香族アミノ化合物と反応させたo-キノンジアジドのスルホン酸エステル又はスルホン酸アミドが好適である。また、特公昭43-28403号公報に記載されているようなベンゾキノン(1,2)-ジアジドスルホン酸クロライド又はナフトキノン-(1,2)-ジアジド-5-スルホン酸クロライドとピロガロール-アセトン樹脂とのエステル、米国特許第3,046,120 号及び同第3,188,210 号に記載されているベンゾキノン-(1,2)-ジアジドスルホン酸クロライド又はナフトキノン-(1,2)-ジアジド-5-スルホン酸クロライドとフェノール-ホルムアルデヒド樹脂とのエステルも好適に使用される。
Suitable quinonediazides include o-quinonediazide compounds. The o-quinonediazide compound used in the present invention is a compound having at least one o-quinonediazide group, which increases alkali solubility by thermal decomposition, and compounds having various structures can be used. That is, o-quinonediazide assists the solubility of the sensitive material system by both the effects of losing the ability to suppress the dissolution of the binder by thermal decomposition and the change of o-quinonediazide itself into an alkali-soluble substance.
Examples of the o-quinonediazide compound used in the present invention include J. Although compounds described in pages 339 to 352 of “Light Sensitive Systems” by John Coser (John Wiley & Sons. Inc.) can be used, in particular, o-reacted with various aromatic polyhydroxy compounds or aromatic amino compounds. Preferred are sulfonic acid esters or sulfonic acid amides of quinonediazide. Further, benzoquinone (1,2) -diazide sulfonic acid chloride or naphthoquinone- (1,2) -diazide-5-sulfonic acid chloride and pyrogallol-acetone resin as described in JP-B-43-28403 Esters of benzoquinone- (1,2) -diazide sulfonic acid chloride or naphthoquinone- (1,2) -diazide described in US Pat. Nos. 3,046,120 and 3,188,210 Esters of 5-sulfonic acid chloride and phenol-formaldehyde resins are also preferably used.
 さらに、ナフトキノン-(1,2)-ジアジド-4-スルホン酸クロライドとフェノールホルムアルデヒド樹脂あるいはクレゾール-ホルムアルデヒド樹脂とのエステル、ナフトキノン-(1,2)-ジアジド-4-スルホン酸クロライドとピロガロール-アセトン樹脂とのエステルも同様に好適に使用される。その他の有用なo-キノンジアジド化合物としては、数多くの特許に報告され知られている。例えば特開昭47-5303号、特開昭48-63802号、特開昭48-63803号、特開昭48-96575号、特開昭49-38701号、特開昭48-13354号、特公昭41-11222号、特公昭45-9610号、特公昭49-17481号、米国特許第2,797,213号、同第3,454,400号、同第3,544,323号、同第3,573,917号、同第3,674,495号、同第3,785,825号、英国特許第1,227,602号、同第1,251,345号、同第1,267,005号、同第1,329,888号、同第1,330,932号、ドイツ特許第854,890号などの各明細書中に記載されているものを挙げることができる。 Further, esters of naphthoquinone- (1,2) -diazido-4-sulfonic acid chloride with phenol formaldehyde resin or cresol-formaldehyde resin, naphthoquinone- (1,2) -diazido-4-sulfonic acid chloride and pyrogallol-acetone resin Similarly, the esters are also preferably used. Other useful o-quinonediazide compounds are reported and known in numerous patents. For example, JP-A-47-5303, JP-A-48-63802, JP-A-48-63803, JP-A-48-96575, JP-A-49-38701, JP-A-48-13354, No. 41-11222, No. 45-9610, No. 49-17481, US Pat. Nos. 2,797,213, 3,454,400, 3,544,323, 3,573,917, 3,674,495, 3,785,825, British Patents 1,227,602, 1,251,345, 1,267, No. 005, No. 1,329,888, No. 1,330,932, German Patent No. 854,890, and the like.
 o-キノンジアジド化合物の添加量は、好ましくは各記録層の全固形分に対し、1~50質量%、更に好ましくは5質量%~30質量%、特に好ましくは10質量%~30質量%の範囲である。これらの化合物は単一で使用できるが、数種の混合物として使用してもよい。
 o-キノンジアジド化合物以外の添加剤の添加量は、好ましくは1質量%~50質量%、更に好ましくは5質量%~30質量%、特に好ましくは10質量%~30質量%である。
 本発明において、添加剤と結着剤は、同一層へ含有させることが好ましい。
The addition amount of the o-quinonediazide compound is preferably in the range of 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of each recording layer. It is. These compounds can be used alone, but may be used as a mixture of several kinds.
The amount of additives other than the o-quinonediazide compound is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
In the present invention, the additive and the binder are preferably contained in the same layer.
環状酸無水物類、フェノール類、及び有機酸類
 また、更に感度を向上させる目的で、環状酸無水物類、フェノール類、有機酸類を併用することもできる。環状酸無水物としては米国特許第4,115,128号明細書に記載されている無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、3,6-エンドオキシ-Δ4-テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、テトラクロル無水フタル酸、無水マレイン酸、クロル無水マレイン酸、α-フェニル無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水ピロメリット酸などが使用できる。フェノール類としては、ビスフェノールA、p-ニトロフェノール、p-エトキシフェノール、2,4,4’-トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,3,4-トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、4,4’,4”-トリヒドロキシトリフェニルメタン、4,4’,3”,4”-テトラヒドロキシ-3,5,3’,5’-テトラメチルトリフェニルメタンなどが挙げられる。更に、有機酸類としては、特開昭60-88942号、特開平2-96755号公報などに記載されている、スルホン酸類、スルフィン酸類、アルキル硫酸類、ホスホン酸類、リン酸エステル類及びカルボン酸類などが挙げられ、具体的には、p-トルエンスルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸、p-トルエンスルフィン酸、エチル硫酸、フェニルホスホン酸、フェニルホスフィン酸、リン酸フェニル、リン酸ジフェニル、安息香酸、イソフタル酸、アジピン酸、p-トルイル酸、3,4-メトキシ安息香酸、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、4-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸、エルカ酸、ラウリン酸、n-ウンデカン酸、アスコルビン酸などが挙げられる。上記の環状酸無水物、フェノール類及び有機酸類の印刷版材料中に占める割合は、0.05質量%~20質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1質量%~5質量%、特に好ましくは0.1質量%~10質量%である。
Cyclic acid anhydrides, phenols, and organic acids In addition, cyclic acid anhydrides, phenols, and organic acids can be used in combination for the purpose of further improving sensitivity. Examples of cyclic acid anhydrides include phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, 3,6-endooxy-Δ4-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride described in US Pat. No. 4,115,128, Tetrachlorophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride, chloromaleic anhydride, α-phenylmaleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride and the like can be used. The phenols include bisphenol A, p-nitrophenol, p-ethoxyphenol, 2,4,4′-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, 4-hydroxybenzophenone, 4,4 ′, 4. “-Trihydroxytriphenylmethane, 4,4 ′, 3”, 4 ”-tetrahydroxy-3,5,3 ′, 5′-tetramethyltriphenylmethane, and the like. Examples of the sulfonic acids, sulfinic acids, alkylsulfuric acids, phosphonic acids, phosphoric esters, and carboxylic acids described in JP-A-60-88942 and JP-A-2-96755 are specifically mentioned. P-toluenesulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfinic acid, ethyl sulfate, Phosphonic acid, phenylphosphinic acid, phenyl phosphate, diphenyl phosphate, benzoic acid, isophthalic acid, adipic acid, p-toluic acid, 3,4-methoxybenzoic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 4-cyclohexene-1,2 -Dicarboxylic acid, erucic acid, lauric acid, n-undecanoic acid, ascorbic acid, etc. The proportion of the above cyclic acid anhydrides, phenols and organic acids in the printing plate material is 0.05 mass% to It is preferably 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass.
着色剤
 本発明における記録層には例えば、可視光域に大きな吸収を持つ染料を画像の着色剤として添加することができる。着色剤の具体例としては、オイルイエロー#101、オイルイエロー#103、オイルピンク#312、オイルグリーンBG、オイルブルーBOS、オイルブルー#603、オイルブラックBY、オイルブラックBS、オイルブラックT-505(以上、全て商品名;オリエント化学工業(株)製)、ビクトリアピュアブルー、クリスタルバイオレット(CI42555)、メチルバイオレット(CI42535)、エチルバイオレット、ローダミンB(CI145170B)、マラカイトグリーン(CI42000)、メチレンブルー(CI52015)、アイゼンスピロンブルーC-RH(以上、全て商品名;保土ヶ谷化学(株)製)等、及び特開昭62-293247号に記載されている染料が挙げられる。
Colorant For example, a dye having a large absorption in the visible light region can be added to the recording layer of the present invention as an image colorant. Specific examples of the colorant include oil yellow # 101, oil yellow # 103, oil pink # 312, oil green BG, oil blue BOS, oil blue # 603, oil black BY, oil black BS, and oil black T-505 ( All of the above trade names: manufactured by Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Victoria Pure Blue, Crystal Violet (CI 42555), Methyl Violet (CI 42535), Ethyl Violet, Rhodamine B (CI145170B), Malachite Green (CI42000), Methylene Blue (CI522015) , Eisenspiron Blue C-RH (all trade names; manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like, and dyes described in JP-A-62-293247.
 これらの染料を添加することにより、画像形成後、画像部と非画像部の区別が明瞭となるため、添加する方が好ましい。なお、添加量は、記録層全固形分に対し0.01質量%~10質量%の範囲が好ましい。 The addition of these dyes is preferable because the distinction between the image area and the non-image area becomes clear after image formation. The addition amount is preferably in the range of 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the recording layer.
界面活性剤
 また、本発明における記録層中には、現像条件に対する処理の安定性を広げるため、特開昭62-251740号公報や特開平3-208514号公報に記載されているような非イオン界面活性剤、特開昭59-121044号公報、特開平4-13149号公報に記載されているような両性界面活性剤、EP950517公報に記載されているようなシロキサン系化合物、特開平11-288093号公報に記載されているようなフッ素モノマーを共重合成分として含む重合体を添加することができる。
Surfactant In addition, in the recording layer of the present invention, nonionic ions such as those described in JP-A Nos. 62-251740 and 3-208514 are used in order to increase the processing stability against the development conditions. Surfactants, amphoteric surfactants as described in JP-A-59-121044 and JP-A-4-13149, siloxane compounds as described in EP950517, JP-A-11-288093 A polymer containing a fluorine monomer as a copolymerization component as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. H11 can be added.
 非イオン界面活性剤の具体例としては、ソルビタントリステアレート、ソルビタンモノパルミテート、ソルビタントリオレート、ステアリン酸モノグリセリド、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル等が挙げられる。両面活性剤の具体例としては、アルキルジ(アミノエチル)グリシン、アルキルポリアミノエチルグリシン塩酸塩、2-アルキル-N-カルボキシエチル-N-ヒドロキシエチルイミダゾリニウムベタインやN-テトラデシル-N,N-ベタイン型(例えば、商品名「アモーゲン(AMOGEN) K」:第一工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。シロキサン系化合物としては、ジメチルシロキサンとポリアルキレンオキシドのブロック共重合体が好ましく、具体例として、(株)チッソ社製DBE-224、DBE-621、DBE-712、DBP-732、DBP-534(全て商品名)、独国Tego社製Tego Glide100(商品名)等のポリアルキレンオキシド変性シリコーンを挙げることができる。
 上記の非イオン界面活性剤及び両性界面活性剤の記録層中に占める割合は、0.05質量%~15質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.1質量%~5質量%である。
Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include sorbitan tristearate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan trioleate, stearic acid monoglyceride, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether and the like. Specific examples of the double-sided activator include alkyldi (aminoethyl) glycine, alkylpolyaminoethylglycine hydrochloride, 2-alkyl-N-carboxyethyl-N-hydroxyethylimidazolinium betaine and N-tetradecyl-N, N-betaine. Type (for example, trade name “AMOGEN K”: manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Co., Ltd.). The siloxane compound is preferably a block copolymer of dimethylsiloxane and polyalkylene oxide. Specific examples include DBE-224, DBE-621, DBE-712, DBP-732, DBP-534 (manufactured by Chisso Corporation). Examples thereof include polyalkylene oxide-modified silicones such as all trade names) and Tego Glide 100 (trade names) manufactured by Tego, Germany.
The proportion of the nonionic surfactant and amphoteric surfactant in the recording layer is preferably 0.05% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass.
焼き出し剤
 本発明の平版印刷版原版には、露光による加熱後直ちに可視像を得るための焼き出し剤や、画像着色剤としての染料や顔料を加えることができる。焼き出し剤としては、露光による加熱によって酸を放出する化合物(光酸放出剤)と塩を形成し得る有機染料の組合せを代表として挙げることができる。
Print-out agent A print-out agent for obtaining a visible image immediately after heating by exposure or a dye or pigment as an image colorant can be added to the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention. Typical examples of the printing-out agent include a combination of a compound that releases an acid by heating by exposure (photoacid releasing agent) and an organic dye that can form a salt.
 具体的には、例えば、特開昭50-36,209号、同53-8128号の各公報に記載されているo-ナフトキノンジアジド-4-スルホン酸ハロゲニドと塩形成性有機染料の組合せや、特開昭53-36223号、同54-74728号、同60-3626号、同61-143748号、同61-151644号及び同63-58440号の各公報に記載されているトリハロメチル化合物と塩形成性有機染料の組合せが挙げられる。かかるトリハロメチル化合物としては、オキサゾール系化合物とトリアジン系化合物とがあり、どちらも経時安定性に優れ、明瞭な焼き出し画像を与える。その他の光酸放出剤としては、特開昭55-62444号公報に記載されている種々のo-ナフトキノンジアジド化合物;特開昭55-77742号公報に記載されている2-トリハロメチル-5-アリール-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール化合物;ジアゾニウム塩などを挙げることができる。 Specifically, for example, combinations of o-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid halides and salt-forming organic dyes described in JP-A Nos. 50-36,209 and 53-8128, Trihalomethyl compounds and salts described in JP-A Nos. 53-36223, 54-74728, 60-3626, 61-143748, 61-151644, and 63-58440 Examples include combinations of formable organic dyes. Such trihalomethyl compounds include oxazole-based compounds and triazine-based compounds, both of which have excellent temporal stability and give clear printout images. As other photoacid releasing agents, various o-naphthoquinonediazide compounds described in JP-A-55-62444; 2-trihalomethyl-5--5 described in JP-A-55-77742 Examples include aryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole compounds; diazonium salts.
可塑剤
 更に本発明における記録層塗布液中には必要に応じ、塗膜の柔軟性等を付与するために可塑剤を加えてもよい。可塑剤としては、例えば、ブチルフタリル、ポリエチレングリコール、クエン酸トリブチル、フタル酸ジエチル、フタル酸ジブチル、フタル酸ジヘキシル、フタル酸ジオクチル、リン酸トリクレジル、リン酸トリブチル、リン酸トリオクチル、オレイン酸テトラヒドロフルフリル、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸のオリゴマー及びポリマー等が用いられる。
Plasticizer Further, a plasticizer may be added to the recording layer coating liquid in the present invention, if necessary, in order to impart flexibility of the coating film. Examples of the plasticizer include butyl phthalyl, polyethylene glycol, tributyl citrate, diethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, dihexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, tricresyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tetrahydrofurfuryl oleate, Acrylic acid or methacrylic acid oligomers and polymers are used.
平版印刷版原版の作製方法
 以下、本発明の平版印刷版原版の好適な作製方法について説明する。
 本発明において、まず、親水性支持体上に下部記録層を形成する。下部記録層は、前記(A)特定ポリウレタン、及び(B)特定アクリル樹脂、並びに、所望により用いられる、赤外線吸収剤、及びその他の構成成分を適切な塗布溶媒に、溶解、分散させて下層形成用塗布液組成物を調整し、塗布、乾燥することにより形成され得る。
Hereinafter, a preferred method for producing a lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention will be described.
In the present invention, first, a lower recording layer is formed on a hydrophilic support. The lower recording layer is formed by dissolving and dispersing the above-mentioned (A) specific polyurethane, (B) specific acrylic resin, and optionally used infrared absorber and other components in an appropriate coating solvent. It can be formed by preparing a coating solution composition for coating, coating and drying.
 記録層を塗布する際に使用される適切な溶媒の例としては、エチレンジクロライド、シクロヘキサノン、メチルエチルケトン、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、2-メトキシエチルアセテート、1-メトキシ-2-プロピルアセテート、ジメトキシエタン、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、テトラメチルウレア、N-メチルピロリドン、ジメチルスルホキシド、スルホラン、γ-ブチロラクトン、トルエン等を挙げることができるがこれに限定されるものではない。これらの溶媒は単独あるいは混合して使用される。溶媒中の上記成分(添加剤を含む全固形分)の濃度は、好ましくは1質量%~50質量%である。 Examples of suitable solvents used in coating the recording layer include ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate, dimethoxyethane, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, tetramethylurea, N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, γ-butyrolactone, Although toluene etc. can be mentioned, it is not limited to this. These solvents are used alone or in combination. The concentration of the above components (total solid content including additives) in the solvent is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass.
 なお、下部記録層及びその上部記録層(その他の記録層)とは、原則的にこれら2つの層を分離して形成することが好ましい。 The lower recording layer and the upper recording layer (other recording layers) are preferably formed by separating these two layers in principle.
 2つの層を分離して形成する方法としては、例えば、下部記録層に含まれる成分と、上部記録層に含まれる成分との溶剤溶解性の差を利用する方法、又は、上部記録層を塗布した後、急速に溶剤を乾燥、除去する方法等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。後者の方法は、上部記録層に含まれる溶剤が、形成された下部記録層の一部を溶解するなどの影響を与える前に速やかに溶剤を除去して、層間の界面における相溶を抑制しようとする方法である。 As a method of forming the two layers separately, for example, a method using a difference in solvent solubility between the component contained in the lower recording layer and the component contained in the upper recording layer, or coating the upper recording layer Thereafter, a method of rapidly drying and removing the solvent can be used, but the method is not limited thereto. In the latter method, the solvent contained in the upper recording layer should be removed immediately before it has an influence such as dissolving a part of the formed lower recording layer, thereby suppressing the compatibility at the interface between the layers. It is a method.
 下部記録層に含まれる成分と、上部記録層に含まれる成分と、の溶剤溶解性の差を利用する方法としては、上部記録層用塗布液を塗布する際に、下部記録層に含まれるアルカリ可溶性樹脂を溶解しない溶剤を用いる方法が挙げられる。これにより、二層塗布を行っても、各層を明確に分離して塗膜にすることが可能になる。例えば、下部記録層成分として、上部記録層成分であるアルカリ可溶性樹脂を溶解するメチルエチルケトン、ジエチルケトンや1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等の溶剤に不溶な成分を選択し、該下部記録層に含有される成分を溶解する溶剤系を用いて下部記録層を塗布・乾燥し、その後、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を主体とする上部記録層をメチルエチルケトン、ジエチルケトンや1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等で溶解し、塗布・乾燥することにより二層化が可能になる。 As a method of utilizing the difference in solvent solubility between the component contained in the lower recording layer and the component contained in the upper recording layer, the alkali contained in the lower recording layer is applied when the upper recording layer coating liquid is applied. The method of using the solvent which does not melt | dissolve soluble resin is mentioned. Thereby, even if it carries out 2 layer application | coating, it becomes possible to isolate | separate each layer clearly and to make a coating film. For example, as the lower recording layer component, a component insoluble in a solvent such as methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone or 1-methoxy-2-propanol that dissolves the alkali-soluble resin as the upper recording layer component is selected and contained in the lower recording layer. The lower recording layer is applied and dried using a solvent system that dissolves the components to be dissolved, and then the upper recording layer mainly composed of an alkali-soluble resin is dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, 1-methoxy-2-propanol or the like and applied.・ Two layers are possible by drying.
 なお、上部記録層用塗布液を塗布する際に、下部記録層に含まれるアルカリ可溶性樹脂を溶解しない溶剤を用いる方法をとるとき、上部記録層用塗布溶剤として、下部記録層に含まれるアルカリ可溶性樹脂を溶解する溶剤と溶解しない溶剤とを混合して用いてもよい。両者の溶剤の混合比率を変えることにより、上部記録層と下部記録層との層間混合を任意に制御することができる。下部記録層のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を溶解する溶剤の比率が多くなると、上部記録層を塗布する際に下部記録層の一部が溶け出し、乾燥後、上部記録層中に粒子状成分として含有され、この粒子状成分により上部記録層表面に突起が出来て耐キズ性が良化する。一方、下部記録層成分が上部記録層に溶け出すことで下部記録層の膜質が低下し、耐薬品性は低下する傾向にある。このように、それぞれの物性を考慮して、混合比率の制御を行なうことで、種々の特性を発現させることができ、さらに、後述する層間の部分相溶なども生起させることができる。 When applying a solvent that does not dissolve the alkali-soluble resin contained in the lower recording layer when applying the upper recording layer coating solution, the alkali-soluble contained in the lower recording layer is used as the upper recording layer coating solvent. You may mix and use the solvent which melt | dissolves resin, and the solvent which does not melt | dissolve. By changing the mixing ratio of the two solvents, interlayer mixing between the upper recording layer and the lower recording layer can be arbitrarily controlled. When the ratio of the solvent that dissolves the alkali-soluble resin in the lower recording layer is increased, a part of the lower recording layer is dissolved when the upper recording layer is applied, and after drying, is contained as a particulate component in the upper recording layer, Due to this particulate component, protrusions are formed on the surface of the upper recording layer and scratch resistance is improved. On the other hand, when the lower recording layer component is dissolved into the upper recording layer, the film quality of the lower recording layer is lowered and the chemical resistance tends to be lowered. In this way, by controlling the mixing ratio in consideration of each physical property, various characteristics can be expressed, and further, partial compatibility between layers described later can be caused.
 本発明の効果の観点からは、上部記録層の塗布溶剤として上記のような混合溶剤を用いる場合、下部記録層に含まれる(A)特定ポリウレタンや(B)特定アクリル樹脂を溶解する溶剤は、上部記録層塗布に用いられる全溶剤量に対して、80質量%以下であることが耐薬品性の観点から好ましく、耐キズ性の観点を加味すれば、10質量%~60質量%の範囲であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of the effect of the present invention, when the above mixed solvent is used as the coating solvent for the upper recording layer, the solvent for dissolving the (A) specific polyurethane or (B) specific acrylic resin contained in the lower recording layer is: From the viewpoint of chemical resistance, it is preferably 80% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of solvent used for coating the upper recording layer, and in the range of 10% by mass to 60% by mass, taking into consideration the scratch resistance. Preferably there is.
 次に、2層目(上部記録層)を塗布後に、極めて速く溶剤を乾燥させる方法としては、ウェブの走行方向に対してほぼ直角に設置したスリットノズルより高圧エアーを吹きつける方法や、蒸気等の加熱媒体を内部に供給されたロール(加熱ロール)よりウェブの下面から伝導熱として熱エネルギーを与える方法、あるいはそれらを組み合わせる方法が挙げられる。
 本発明において記録層などの各層を塗布する方法としては、種々の方法を用いることができるが、例えば、バーコーター塗布、回転塗布、スプレー塗布、カーテン塗布、ディップ塗布、エアーナイフ塗布、ブレード塗布、ロール塗布等を挙げることができる。
 特に、上部記録層塗布時に下部記録層へのダメージを防ぐため、上部記録層塗布方法は非接触式であることが望ましい。また、接触型ではあるが溶剤系塗布に一般的に用いられる方法としてバーコーター塗布を用いることも可能であるが、下部記録層へのダメージを防止するために順転駆動で塗布することが望ましい。
Next, after applying the second layer (upper recording layer), as a method of drying the solvent very quickly, a method of blowing high-pressure air from a slit nozzle installed substantially perpendicular to the running direction of the web, steam, etc. The method of giving thermal energy as conduction heat from the lower surface of a web from the roll (heating roll) supplied inside is mentioned, or the method of combining them.
Various methods can be used as a method for applying each layer such as a recording layer in the present invention. For example, bar coater coating, spin coating, spray coating, curtain coating, dip coating, air knife coating, blade coating, Examples thereof include roll coating.
In particular, in order to prevent damage to the lower recording layer when the upper recording layer is applied, the upper recording layer application method is preferably a non-contact method. In addition, although it is a contact type, it is possible to use bar coater coating as a method generally used for solvent-based coating, but it is desirable to apply by forward driving in order to prevent damage to the lower recording layer. .
 本発明の平版印刷版原版における下部記録層の乾燥後の塗布量は、耐刷性確保と現像時における現像ディスクリ向上の観点から、0.5g/m2~2.0g/m2の範囲にあることが好ましく、更に好ましくは0.7g/m2~1.5g/m2の範囲である。 Coating amount after drying of the lower recording layer of the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention, from the viewpoint of developing discriminator improvement in development and printing durability ensuring, of 0.5g / m 2 ~ 2.0g / m 2 range It is preferably in the range of 0.7 g / m 2 to 1.5 g / m 2 .
 また、その他の記録層(上部記録層)の乾燥後の塗布量は、0.05g/m2~1.0g/m2の範囲にあることが好ましく、更に好ましくは0.07g/m2~0.7g/m2の範囲である。なお、上部記録層を2層以上有する場合、上記好ましい上部記録層の塗布量は、複数の上部記録層の合計塗布量を示す。 The coating amount after drying of other recording layer (upper recording layer) is preferably in the range of 0.05g / m 2 ~ 1.0g / m 2, more preferably 0.07 g / m 2 ~ The range is 0.7 g / m 2 . When there are two or more upper recording layers, the preferable coating amount of the upper recording layer indicates the total coating amount of a plurality of upper recording layers.
 本発明における下部記録層又はその他の記録層の塗布液中には、塗布性を良化するための界面活性剤、例えば特開昭62-170950号公報に記載されているようなフッ素系界面活性剤を添加することができる。前記界面活性剤の好ましい添加量は、塗布液全固形分の0.01質量%~1質量%、さらに好ましくは0.05質量%~0.5質量%である。 In the coating solution for the lower recording layer or other recording layer in the present invention, a surfactant for improving the coating property, for example, a fluorine-based surface active agent as described in JP-A-62-170950. An agent can be added. The addition amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 0.5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coating solution.
支持体
 本発明の平版印刷版原版に使用される支持体としては、寸度的に安定な板状物であれば特に制限はなく、例えば、紙、プラスチック(例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリスチレン等)がラミネートされた紙、金属板(例えば、アルミニウム、亜鉛、銅等)、プラスチックフィルム(例えば、二酢酸セルロース、三酢酸セルロース、プロピオン酸セルロース、酪酸セルロース、酢酸酪酸セルロース、硝酸セルロース、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレン、ポリスチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリカーボネート、ポリビニルアセタール等)、上記の如き金属がラミネート、もしくは蒸着された紙、もしくはプラスチックフィルム等が含まれる。
Support The support for use in the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a dimensionally stable plate-like material. For example, paper, plastic (for example, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.) Paper, metal plates (eg, aluminum, zinc, copper, etc.), plastic films (eg, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose nitrate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene) , Polystyrene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, polyvinyl acetal, etc.), a paper laminated with or vapor-deposited metal as described above, or a plastic film.
 本発明に用いうる支持体としては、ポリエステルフィルム又はアルミニウム板が好ましく、その中でも寸法安定性がよく、比較的安価であるアルミニウム板は特に好ましい。好適なアルミニウム板の例としては、純アルミニウム板、又はアルミニウムを主成分とし、微量の異元素を含む合金板が挙げられ、更にアルミニウムがラミネートもしくは蒸着されたプラスチックフィルムでもよい。アルミニウム合金に含まれる異元素には、ケイ素、鉄、マンガン、銅、マグネシウム、クロム、亜鉛、ビスマス、ニッケル、チタンなどがある。合金中の異元素の含有量は高々10質量%以下である。本発明において特に好適なアルミニウムは、純アルミニウムであるが、完全に純粋なアルミニウムは精錬技術上製造が困難であるので、僅かに異元素を含有するものでもよい。このように本発明に適用されるアルミニウム板は、その組成が特定されるものではなく、従来公知公用の素材のアルミニウム板を適宜に利用することができる。本発明で用いられるアルミニウム板の厚みはおよそ0.1mm~0.6mm程度、好ましくは0.15mm~0.4mm、特に好ましくは0.2mm~0.3mmである。
 なお、本発明に用いられる支持体は、少なくとも記録層を形成する側の表面が親水性であることを要するが、アルミニウム支持体であれば、粗面化した表面が比較的親水性に優れるために、特に表面親水化処理を行わなくてもよい。なお、上記いずれの支持体を用いる場合、即ち、アルミニウム支持体を用いる場合においても、後述する適切な表面親水化処理を行うことが、印刷物の品質向上の観点から好ましい。
As the support that can be used in the present invention, a polyester film or an aluminum plate is preferable. Among them, an aluminum plate that has good dimensional stability and is relatively inexpensive is particularly preferable. Examples of a suitable aluminum plate include a pure aluminum plate or an alloy plate containing aluminum as a main component and containing a trace amount of foreign elements, and may also be a plastic film on which aluminum is laminated or vapor-deposited. Examples of foreign elements contained in the aluminum alloy include silicon, iron, manganese, copper, magnesium, chromium, zinc, bismuth, nickel, and titanium. The content of foreign elements in the alloy is at most 10% by mass. Particularly suitable aluminum in the present invention is pure aluminum, but completely pure aluminum is difficult to produce in the refining technique, and may contain slightly different elements. Thus, the composition of the aluminum plate applied to the present invention is not specified, and a conventionally known and publicly available aluminum plate can be used as appropriate. The thickness of the aluminum plate used in the present invention is about 0.1 mm to 0.6 mm, preferably 0.15 mm to 0.4 mm, and particularly preferably 0.2 mm to 0.3 mm.
The support used in the present invention requires at least the surface on the recording layer forming side to be hydrophilic, but if it is an aluminum support, the roughened surface is relatively hydrophilic. In particular, the surface hydrophilization treatment need not be performed. In addition, when using any of the above supports, that is, when using an aluminum support, it is preferable to perform an appropriate surface hydrophilization treatment described later from the viewpoint of improving the quality of the printed matter.
 アルミニウム板を支持体として用いる場合には、粗面化及び陽極酸価処理を行うことが好ましい。
 アルミニウム板を粗面化するに先立ち、所望により、表面の圧延油を除去するための例えば界面活性剤、有機溶剤又はアルカリ性水溶液などによる脱脂処理が行われる。アルミニウム板の表面の粗面化処理は、種々の方法により行われるが、例えば、機械的に粗面化する方法、電気化学的に表面を溶解粗面化する方法及び化学的に表面を選択溶解させる方法により行われる。機械的方法としては、ボール研磨法、ブラシ研磨法、ブラスト研磨法、バフ研磨法などの公知の方法を用いることができる。また、電気化学的な粗面化法としては塩酸又は硝酸電解液中で交流又は直流により行う方法がある。また、特開昭54-63902号公報に開示されているように両者を組み合わせた方法も利用することができる。この様に粗面化されたアルミニウム板は、必要に応じてアルカリエッチング処理及び中和処理された後、所望により表面の保水性や耐摩耗性を高めるために陽極酸化処理が施される。アルミニウム板の陽極酸化処理に用いられる電解質としては、多孔質酸化皮膜を形成する種々の電解質の使用が可能で、一般的には硫酸、リン酸、蓚酸、クロム酸あるいはそれらの混酸が用いられる。それらの電解質の濃度は電解質の種類によって適宜決められる。
When using an aluminum plate as a support, it is preferable to perform roughening and anodic acid value treatment.
Prior to roughening the aluminum plate, a degreasing treatment with, for example, a surfactant, an organic solvent or an alkaline aqueous solution for removing rolling oil on the surface is performed as desired. The surface roughening treatment of the aluminum plate is performed by various methods. For example, a method of mechanically roughening, a method of electrochemically dissolving and roughening a surface, and a method of selectively dissolving a surface chemically. This is done by the method of As the mechanical method, a known method such as a ball polishing method, a brush polishing method, a blast polishing method, or a buff polishing method can be used. Further, as an electrochemical surface roughening method, there is a method of performing alternating current or direct current in hydrochloric acid or nitric acid electrolyte. Further, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 54-63902, a method in which both are combined can also be used. The roughened aluminum plate is subjected to an alkali etching treatment and a neutralization treatment as necessary, and then subjected to an anodizing treatment to enhance the surface water retention and wear resistance as desired. As the electrolyte used for the anodizing treatment of the aluminum plate, various electrolytes that form a porous oxide film can be used. In general, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, chromic acid, or a mixed acid thereof is used. The concentration of these electrolytes is appropriately determined depending on the type of electrolyte.
 陽極酸化の処理条件は用いる電解質により種々変わるので一概に特定し得ないが、一般的には電解質の濃度が1質量%~80質量%の溶液を使用し、液温は5℃~70℃、電流密度5A/dm2~60A/dm2、電圧1V~100V、電解時間10秒~5分の範囲であれば適当である。陽極酸化皮膜の量は1.0g/m2より少ないと耐刷性が不十分であったり、平版印刷版の非画像部にキズが付き易くなったりして、印刷時にキズの部分にインキが付着するいわゆる「キズ汚れ」が生じ易くなる。 The treatment conditions for anodization vary depending on the electrolyte used and cannot be specified. However, in general, a solution with an electrolyte concentration of 1% by mass to 80% by mass is used, and the liquid temperature is 5 ° C. to 70 ° C. A current density of 5 A / dm 2 to 60 A / dm 2 , a voltage of 1 V to 100 V, and an electrolysis time of 10 seconds to 5 minutes are suitable. If the amount of the anodized film is less than 1.0 g / m 2 , the printing durability will be insufficient, or the non-image area of the lithographic printing plate will be easily scratched. Adhering so-called “scratch stains” are likely to occur.
 陽極酸化処理を施された後、アルミニウム表面は必要により親水化処理が施される。
 本発明に使用される親水化処理としては、米国特許第2,714,066号、同第3,181,461号、第3,280,734号及び第3,902,734号に開示されているようなアルカリ金属シリケート(例えばケイ酸ナトリウム水溶液)法がある。この方法においては、支持体がケイ酸ナトリウム水溶液で浸漬処理されるか又は電解処理される。他に特公昭36-22063号公報に開示されているフッ化ジルコン酸カリウム及び米国特許第3,276,868号、同第4,153,461号、同第4,689,272号に開示されているようなポリビニルホスホン酸で処理する方法などが用いられる。
After the anodizing treatment, the aluminum surface is subjected to a hydrophilic treatment if necessary.
The hydrophilization treatment used in the present invention is disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 2,714,066, 3,181,461, 3,280,734 and 3,902,734. There are alkali metal silicate (such as aqueous sodium silicate) methods. In this method, the support is immersed in an aqueous sodium silicate solution or electrolytically treated. In addition, it is disclosed in potassium fluoride zirconate disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 36-22063 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,276,868, 4,153,461, and 4,689,272. A method of treating with polyvinylphosphonic acid is used.
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は、支持体上に下部記録層及びその他の記録層(上部記録層)の少なくとも2層を積層して構成されたものであるが、必要に応じて支持体と下部記録層との間に下塗層を設けることができる。 The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the present invention is formed by laminating at least two layers of a lower recording layer and other recording layers (upper recording layers) on a support. An undercoat layer can be provided between the recording layer and the recording layer.
 下塗層成分としては、種々の有機化合物が用いられ、例えば、カルボキシメチルセルロース、デキストリン、アラビアガム、2-アミノエチルホスホン酸などのアミノ基を有するホスホン酸類、置換基を有してもよいフェニルホスホン酸、ナフチルホスホン酸、アルキルホスホン酸、グリセロホスホン酸、メチレンジホスホン酸及びエチレンジホスホン酸などの有機ホスホン酸、置換基を有してもよいフェニルリン酸、ナフチルリン酸、アルキルリン酸及びグリセロリン酸などの有機リン酸、置換基を有してもよいフェニルホスフィン酸、ナフチルホスフィン酸、アルキルホスフィン酸及びグリセロホスフィン酸などの有機ホスフィン酸、グリシンやβ-アラニンなどのアミノ酸類、及びトリエタノールアミンの塩酸塩などのヒドロキシ基を有するアミンの塩酸塩等から選ばれるが、2種以上混合して用いてもよい。 As the undercoat layer component, various organic compounds are used. For example, phosphonic acids having an amino group such as carboxymethylcellulose, dextrin, gum arabic, 2-aminoethylphosphonic acid, and phenylphosphone which may have a substituent. Acid, naphthylphosphonic acid, alkylphosphonic acid, glycerophosphonic acid, organic phosphonic acid such as methylenediphosphonic acid and ethylenediphosphonic acid, phenylphosphonic acid, naphthylphosphoric acid, alkylphosphoric acid and glycerophosphoric acid optionally having substituents Organic phosphoric acid such as phenylphosphinic acid, naphthylphosphinic acid, alkylphosphinic acid and glycerophosphinic acid, amino acids such as glycine and β-alanine, and triethanolamine Hydroxy groups such as hydrochloride Selected from hydrochlorides of amines having, but may be used by mixing two or more.
 この有機下塗層は次のような方法で設けることができる。即ち、水又はメタノール、エタノール、メチルエチルケトンなどの有機溶剤もしくはそれらの混合溶剤に上記の有機化合物を溶解させた溶液をアルミニウム板上に塗布、乾燥して設ける方法と、水又はメタノール、エタノール、メチルエチルケトンなどの有機溶剤もしくはそれらの混合溶剤に上記の有機化合物を溶解させた溶液に、アルミニウム板を浸漬して上記化合物を吸着させ、その後水などによって洗浄、乾燥して有機下塗層を設ける方法である。前者の方法では、上記有機化合物の0.005質量%~10質量%の濃度の溶液を種々の方法で塗布できる。また後者の方法では、溶液の濃度は0.01質量%~20質量%、好ましくは0.05質量%~5質量%であり、浸漬温度は20℃~90℃、好ましくは25℃~50℃であり、浸漬時間は0.1秒~20分、好ましくは2秒~1分である。これに用いる溶液は、アンモニア、トリエチルアミン、水酸化カリウムなどの塩基性物質や、塩酸、リン酸などの酸性物質によりpH1~12の範囲に調整することもできる。また、画像記録材料の調子再現性改良のために黄色染料を添加することもできる。 This organic undercoat layer can be provided by the following method. That is, a method in which water or an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, methyl ethyl ketone, or a mixed solvent thereof is dissolved and applied on an aluminum plate and dried, and water, methanol, ethanol, methyl ethyl ketone, etc. In this method, an aluminum plate is immersed in a solution obtained by dissolving the organic compound in an organic solvent or a mixed solvent thereof to adsorb the compound, and then washed with water and dried to provide an organic undercoat layer. . In the former method, a solution having a concentration of 0.005% by mass to 10% by mass of the organic compound can be applied by various methods. In the latter method, the concentration of the solution is 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass to 5% by mass, and the immersion temperature is 20 ° C. to 90 ° C., preferably 25 ° C. to 50 ° C. The immersion time is 0.1 second to 20 minutes, preferably 2 seconds to 1 minute. The solution used for this can be adjusted to a pH range of 1 to 12 with basic substances such as ammonia, triethylamine, potassium hydroxide, and acidic substances such as hydrochloric acid and phosphoric acid. A yellow dye can also be added to improve the tone reproducibility of the image recording material.
 下塗層の被覆量は、耐刷性の観点から、2mg/m2~200mg/m2が適当であり、好ましくは5mg/m2~100mg/m2である。 The coverage of the undercoat layer, from the viewpoint of printing durability, 2mg / m 2 ~ 200mg / m 2 are suitable, preferably from 5mg / m 2 ~ 100mg / m 2.
 以上のようにして作製されたポジ型平版印刷版原版は、通常、像露光、現像処理を施される。
 本発明においては、特に近赤外から赤外領域に発光波長を持つ光源により露光されることが好ましく、具体的には、波長760nmから1200nmの赤外線を放射する固体レーザ及び半導体レーザにより画像露光されることが好ましい。
The positive lithographic printing plate precursor produced as described above is usually subjected to image exposure and development processing.
In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to perform exposure with a light source having a light emission wavelength from the near infrared region to the infrared region. Specifically, the image exposure is performed with a solid-state laser and a semiconductor laser that emit infrared light with a wavelength of 760 nm to 1200 nm. It is preferable.
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は、露光後に水又はアルカリ現像液による現像処理が行なわれる。現像処理は露光後すぐに行ってもよいが、露光工程と現像工程の間に加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱処理をする場合その条件は、60℃~150℃の範囲内で5秒~5分間行うことが好ましい。加熱方法としては、従来公知の種々の方法を用いることができる。例えば、パネルヒーターやセラミックヒーターにより記録材料と接触しつつ加熱する方法、及びランプや温風による非接触の加熱方法等が挙げられる。この加熱処理により、レーザ照射時、記録に必要なレーザエネルギーを減少させることができる。 The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is subjected to development treatment with water or an alkali developer after exposure. The development treatment may be performed immediately after the exposure, but a heat treatment may be performed between the exposure step and the development step. When the heat treatment is performed, the conditions are preferably 60 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 5 seconds to 5 minutes. As the heating method, various conventionally known methods can be used. For example, a method of heating while contacting a recording material with a panel heater or a ceramic heater, a non-contact heating method with a lamp or hot air, and the like can be mentioned. This heat treatment can reduce the laser energy required for recording during laser irradiation.
 本発明の平版印刷版原版の製版に用いられる現像液及び補充液としては従来公知のアルカリ水溶液が使用できる。
 本発明の平版印刷版原版の現像処理に適用することのできる現像液は、pHが9.0~14.0の範囲、好ましくは12.0~13.5の範囲にある現像液である。現像液(以下、補充液も含めて現像液と呼ぶ)には、従来公知のアルカリ水溶液が使用できる。例えば、ケイ酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸カリウム、第3リン酸ナトリウム、第3リン酸カリウム、第3リン酸アンモニウム、第2リン酸ナトリウム、第2リン酸カリウム、第2リン酸アンモニウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸アンモニウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、炭酸水素アンモニウム、ほう酸ナトリウム、ほう酸カリウム、ほう酸アンモニウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化アンモニウム、水酸化カリウムおよび水酸化リチウムなどの無機アルカリ塩が挙げられる。また、モノメチルアミン、ジメチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、モノエチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、モノイソプロピルアミン、ジイソプロピルアミン、トリイソプロピルアミン、n-ブチルアミン、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、モノイソプロパノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミン、エチレンイミン、エチレンジアミン、ピリジンなどの有機アルカリ剤が挙げられる。これらのアルカリ水溶液は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
As the developer and the replenisher used for the plate making of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention, conventionally known alkaline aqueous solutions can be used.
A developer that can be applied to the development processing of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is a developer having a pH in the range of 9.0 to 14.0, preferably in the range of 12.0 to 13.5. A conventionally known alkaline aqueous solution can be used for the developer (hereinafter referred to as a developer including a replenisher). For example, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, tribasic sodium phosphate, tribasic potassium phosphate, tribasic ammonium phosphate, dibasic sodium phosphate, dibasic potassium phosphate, dibasic ammonium phosphate, sodium carbonate, carbonic acid Examples include inorganic alkali salts such as potassium, ammonium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, ammonium hydrogen carbonate, sodium borate, potassium borate, ammonium borate, sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide. Also, monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, Organic alkali agents such as ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine, and pyridine are listed. These alkaline aqueous solutions may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
 更に、非還元糖と塩基からなるアルカリ水溶液を使用することもできる。非還元糖とは遊離性のアルデヒド基やケトン基を持たないために還元性を有しない糖類を意味し、還元基同士の結合したトレハロース型少糖類、糖類の還元基と非糖類が結合した配糖体、糖類に水素添加して還元した糖アルコールに分類される。本発明ではこれらのいずれも好適に用いられる。
 トレハロース型少糖類としては、トレハロース型少糖類には、サッカロースやトレハロースがあり、配糖体としては、アルキル配糖体、フェノール配糖体、カラシ油配糖体などが挙げられる。また糖アルコールとしてはD,L-アラビット、リビット、キシリット、D,L-ソルビット、D,L-マンニット、D,L-イジット、D,L-タリット、ズリシットおよびアロズルシットなどが挙げられる。更に二糖類の水素添加で得られるマルチトールおよびオリゴ糖の水素添加で得られる還元体(還元水あめ)が好適に用いられる。これらの中で特に好ましい非還元糖は糖アルコールとサッカロースであり、特にD-ソルビット、サッカロース、還元水あめが適度なpH領域に緩衝作用があることと、低価格であることで好ましい。
Further, an alkaline aqueous solution composed of a non-reducing sugar and a base can be used. Non-reducing sugar means a saccharide that does not have a free aldehyde group or ketone group and therefore has no reducing ability. Trehalose-type oligosaccharides in which reducing groups are bonded to each other, and a configuration in which a reducing group of saccharides and a non-saccharide are bonded. Sugar sugars are classified into sugar alcohols reduced by hydrogenation of sugars. Any of these is preferably used in the present invention.
Examples of trehalose type oligosaccharides include saccharose and trehalose. Examples of glycosides include alkyl glycosides, phenol glycosides, and mustard oil glycosides. Examples of the sugar alcohol include D, L-arabit, rebit, xylit, D, L-sorbit, D, L-mannit, D, L-exit, D, L-talit, zulsiit and allozulcit. Furthermore, maltitol obtained by hydrogenation of a disaccharide and a reduced form (reduced water candy) obtained by hydrogenation of an oligosaccharide are preferably used. Of these, sugar alcohol and saccharose are particularly preferred non-reducing sugars, and D-sorbite, saccharose, and reduced starch syrup are particularly preferred because they have a buffering action in an appropriate pH range and are inexpensive.
 これらの非還元糖は、単独もしくは二種以上を組み合わせて使用でき、それらの現像液中に占める割合は0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましく、更に好ましくは、1質量%~20質量%である。
 非還元糖に組み合わせる塩基としては従来公知のアルカリ剤が使用できる。例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化リチウム、リン酸三ナトリウム、リン酸三カリウム、リン酸三アンモニウム、リン酸二ナトリウム、リン酸二カリウム、リン酸二アンモニウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸アンモニウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、炭酸水素アンモニウム、ホウ酸ナトリウム、ホウ酸カリウム、ホウ酸アンモニウムなどの無機アルカリ剤が挙げられる。また、モノメチルアミン、ジメチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、モノエチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、モノイソプロピルアミン、ジイソプロピルアミン、トリイソプロピルアミン、n-ブチルアミン、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、モノイソプロパノールアミン、ジイソプロパノールアミン、エチレンイミン、エチレンジアミン、ピリジンなどの有機アルカリ剤も用いられる。
These non-reducing sugars can be used alone or in combination of two or more thereof, and the proportion of the non-reducing sugar in the developer is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 20% by mass. It is.
A conventionally known alkaline agent can be used as the base to be combined with the non-reducing sugar. For example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, triammonium phosphate, disodium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, diammonium phosphate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, Examples include inorganic alkali agents such as ammonium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, ammonium hydrogen carbonate, sodium borate, potassium borate, and ammonium borate. Also, monomethylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, triisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, Organic alkali agents such as ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine, and pyridine are also used.
 これらのアルカリ剤は単独もしくは二種以上を組み合わせて用いられる。これらの中で好ましいものとしては、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウムが挙げられる。その理由は、非還元糖に対する添加量を調整することにより、広いpH領域においてpH調整が可能となるためである。また、リン酸三ナトリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等もそれ自身に緩衝作用があるので好ましい。 These alkali agents are used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide are preferable. The reason is that the pH can be adjusted in a wide pH range by adjusting the amount added to the non-reducing sugar. Further, trisodium phosphate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and the like are preferable because they themselves have a buffering action.
 自動現像機を用いて現像する場合には、現像液よりもアルカリ強度の高い水溶液(補充液)を現像液に加えることによって、長時間現像タンク中の現像液を交換する事なく、多量のPS版を処理できることが知られている。本発明においてもこの補充方式が好ましく適用される。現像液および補充液には現像性の促進や抑制、現像カスの分散および印刷版画像部の親インキ性を高める目的で必要に応じて種々の界面活性剤や有機溶剤を添加できる。補充液は、現像液と同様の処方のものを使用してもよく、現像液よりも高pHのアルカリ性水溶液を使用してもよい。
 現像液や補充液に用いられる好ましい界面活性剤の例としては、アニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤および両性界面活性剤が挙げられる。この中でもアニオン性界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、及び両性界面活性剤から選ばれる界面活性剤が好ましく、アニオン性界面活性剤が最も好ましい。
 アニオン性界面活性剤の中でも、スルホン酸塩構造、カルボン酸塩構造、或いは、リン酸塩構造を含むアニオン性界面活性剤が好ましく、スルホン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤及びカルボン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることがより好ましく、スルホン酸塩構造を含むアニオン性界面活性剤であることが最も好ましい。
 このようなアニオン性界面活性剤の具体例としては、ヤシ脂肪酸カリウム、アルキルサルフェート、アルキルエーテルサルフェート、アルキルスルホン酸塩、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸塩、アルキルナフタレンスルホン酸塩、ナフタレンスルホン酸ホルマリン縮合物、アルキルホスフェート、アルキルエーテルホスフェート、ラウリルイミノジプロピオン酸塩などが挙げられ、なかでも、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸塩、ラウリルイミノジプロピオン酸塩が好ましい。
 アニオン性界面活性剤としては、市販品を使用してもよく、例えば、パイオニン(PIONIN) C-158-G(商品名):竹本油脂製、エレミノール(ELEMINOL) MON-2(商品名):三洋化成工業製、CRAFOL AP261(商品名):COGNIS製、等が挙げられる。
When developing using an automatic developing machine, an aqueous solution (replenisher) having a higher alkali strength than the developer is added to the developer, so that a large amount of PS can be obtained without changing the developer in the developer tank for a long time. It is known that plates can be processed. This replenishment method is preferably applied also in the present invention. Various surfactants and organic solvents can be added to the developer and replenisher as necessary for the purpose of promoting and suppressing developability, dispersing development residue, and improving the ink affinity of the printing plate image area. As the replenisher, one having the same formulation as the developer may be used, or an alkaline aqueous solution having a pH higher than that of the developer may be used.
Examples of preferable surfactants used in the developer and replenisher include anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, nonionic surfactants and amphoteric surfactants. Among these, a surfactant selected from an anionic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, and an amphoteric surfactant is preferable, and an anionic surfactant is most preferable.
Among anionic surfactants, anionic surfactants having a sulfonate structure, a carboxylate structure, or a phosphate structure are preferable, and have an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and a carboxylate. More preferably, it is at least one selected from anionic surfactants, and most preferred is an anionic surfactant containing a sulfonate structure.
Specific examples of such anionic surfactants include coconut fatty acid potassium, alkyl sulfate, alkyl ether sulfate, alkyl sulfonate, alkyl benzene sulfonate, alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, alkyl naphthalene sulfonate, and naphthalene sulfonic acid. Formalin condensate, alkyl phosphate, alkyl ether phosphate, lauryl iminodipropionate and the like can be mentioned, and among them, alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonate and lauryl iminodipropionate are preferable.
Commercially available products may be used as the anionic surfactant. For example, PIONIN C-158-G (trade name): Takemoto Yushi, ELEMINOL MON-2 (trade name): Sanyo Examples thereof include those manufactured by Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., CRAFOL AP261 (trade name): manufactured by COGNIS, and the like.
 現像液中の界面活性剤の添加量は、現像液全量に対して、固形分として0.15質量%~10.0質量%が好ましく、0.50質量%~5.0質量%であることが更に好ましい。界面活性剤の添加量を0.15質量%以上とすることで、現像槽内での現像カスの分散性が悪化し、現像カスの凝集体が形成されて版面に付着して汚れが発生するなどの自体を効果的に抑制することができ、添加量を10.0質量%以下とすることで、未露光部の現像液耐性が向上する。 The addition amount of the surfactant in the developer is preferably 0.15% by mass to 10.0% by mass, and preferably 0.50% by mass to 5.0% by mass as a solid content with respect to the total amount of the developer. Is more preferable. When the amount of the surfactant added is 0.15% by mass or more, the dispersibility of the development residue in the developing tank is deteriorated, and an aggregate of the development residue is formed and adheres to the plate surface to cause stains. Can be effectively suppressed, and the developer resistance of the unexposed area is improved by setting the addition amount to 10.0% by mass or less.
 さらに、更に現像液および補充液には必要に応じて、ハイドロキノン、レゾルシン、亜硫酸、亜硫酸水素酸などの無機酸のナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等の還元剤、更に有機カルボン酸、消泡剤、硬水軟化剤を加えることもできる。上記現像液および補充液を用いて現像処理された印刷版は水洗水、界面活性剤等を含有するリンス液、アラビアガムや澱粉誘導体を含む不感脂化液で後処理される。本発明の平版印刷版原版を印刷版として使用する場合の後処理としては、これらの処理を種々組み合わせて用いることができる。 Furthermore, reducing agents such as hydroquinone, resorcin, sulfurous acid, bisulfite, and other inorganic acids, and organic carboxylic acids, antifoaming agents, softening water, etc. Agents can also be added. The printing plate developed using the developer and the replenisher is post-treated with a desensitizing solution containing washing water, a rinsing solution containing a surfactant or the like, gum arabic or a starch derivative. When the lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is used as a printing plate, these treatments can be used in various combinations as post-treatments.
 近年、製版・印刷業界では製版作業の合理化および標準化のため、印刷版用の自動現像機が広く用いられている。この自動現像機は、一般に現像部と後処理部からなり、印刷版を搬送する装置と各処理液槽及びスプレー装置からなり、露光済みの印刷版を水平に搬送しながら、ポンプで汲み上げた各処理液をスプレーノズルから吹き付けて現像処理するものである。また、最近は処理液が満たされた処理液槽中に液中ガイドロールなどによって印刷版を浸漬搬送させて処理する方法も知られている。このような自動処理においては、各処理液に処理量や稼働時間等に応じて補充液を補充しながら処理することができる。また、実質的に未使用の処理液で処理するいわゆる使い捨て処理方式も適用できる。 In recent years, automatic developing machines for printing plates have been widely used in the plate making and printing industries in order to streamline and standardize plate making operations. This automatic developing machine is generally composed of a developing unit and a post-processing unit, and includes an apparatus for transporting the printing plate, each processing liquid tank and a spray device, and each pumped up by a pump while transporting the exposed printing plate horizontally. The processing liquid is sprayed from the spray nozzle and developed. In addition, recently, a method is also known in which a printing plate is dipped and conveyed by a submerged guide roll or the like in a processing liquid tank filled with the processing liquid. In such automatic processing, each processing solution can be processed while being supplemented with a replenisher according to the processing amount, operating time, and the like. In addition, a so-called disposable processing method in which processing is performed with a substantially unused processing solution can also be applied.
平版印刷版の作製方法
 本発明の平版印刷版原版の処理方法について説明する。
 前記本発明の平版印刷版原版は、画像露光する露光工程、露光後の平版印刷版原版を0.5質量%以上5.0質量%以下の界面活性剤を含むアルカリ水溶液を用いて現像する現像工程、をこの順で含む平版印刷版の作製方法により製版される。
 ここで用いる現像液は、記述の通りであり、界面活性剤として、スルホン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤及びカルボン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の界面活性剤を含有するアルカリ性現像液であることが好ましい。
Method for preparing planographic printing plate The processing method for the planographic printing plate precursor according to the invention will be described.
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is an image-exposure exposure step, and development in which the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor is developed with an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less surfactant. Plate making is performed by a method for producing a lithographic printing plate including the steps in this order.
The developer used here is as described, and as the surfactant, at least one interface selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and an anionic surfactant having a carboxylate. An alkaline developer containing an activator is preferred.
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は溶解ディスクリに優れるために、前記現像工程として、界面活性剤を含有する現像液を用いて、液温が20℃以上25℃以下であり、且つ、現像時間が5秒以上20秒以下の穏やかな条件下で現像することができる。
 現像工程の後、水洗処理、リンス処理などを行ってもよい。
 なお、現像処理後に得られた平版印刷版に不必要な画像部(例えば、原画フィルムのフィルムエッジ跡など)がある場合には、その不必要な画像部の消去が行なわれる。このような消去は、例えば特公平2-13293号公報に記載されているような消去液を不必要画像部に塗布し、そのまま所定の時間放置したのちに水洗することにより行なう方法が好ましいが、特開平5-174842号公報に記載されているようなオプティカルファイバーで導かれた活性光線を不必要画像部に照射したのち現像する方法も利用できる。
Since the lithographic printing plate precursor of the present invention is excellent in dissolution discretion, a developer containing a surfactant is used as the developing step, the solution temperature is 20 ° C. or more and 25 ° C. or less, and the development time is Development can be performed under mild conditions of 5 seconds to 20 seconds.
After the development step, washing treatment, rinsing treatment or the like may be performed.
If there is an unnecessary image portion (for example, a film edge trace of the original image film) on the planographic printing plate obtained after the development processing, the unnecessary image portion is erased. Such erasing is preferably performed by applying an erasing solution to an unnecessary image portion as described in, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-13293, leaving it for a predetermined time, and then washing with water. A method of developing after irradiating an unnecessary image portion with an actinic ray guided by an optical fiber as described in JP-A-5-174842 can also be used.
 以上のようにして得られた平版印刷版は、所望により不感脂化ガムを塗布したのち、印刷工程に供することができるが、より一層の高耐刷力の平版印刷版としたい場合にはバーニング処理が施される。
 平版印刷版をバーニングする場合には、バーニング前に特公昭61-2518号、同55-28062号、特開昭62-31859号、同61-159655号の各公報に記載されているような整面液で処理することが好ましい。
 その方法としては、該整面液を浸み込ませたスポンジや脱脂綿にて、平版印刷版上に塗布するか、整面液を満たしたバット中に印刷版を浸漬して塗布する方法や、自動コーターによる塗布などが適用される。また、塗布した後でスキージ、あるいは、スキージローラーで、その塗布量を均一にすることは、より好ましい結果を与える。
The lithographic printing plate obtained as described above can be subjected to a printing process after applying a desensitized gum if desired, but if it is desired to obtain a lithographic printing plate with higher printing durability, Processing is performed.
In the case of burning a lithographic printing plate, the preparation as described in JP-B-61-2518, JP-A-55-28062, JP-A-62-31859, and JP-A-61-159655 is performed before burning. It is preferable to treat with a surface liquid.
As its method, with a sponge or absorbent cotton soaked with the surface-adjusting liquid, it is applied onto a lithographic printing plate, or a method of applying the printing plate by dipping in a vat filled with the surface-adjusting liquid, Application by an automatic coater is applied. Further, it is more preferable to make the coating amount uniform with a squeegee or a squeegee roller after coating.
 整面液の塗布量は、一般に0.03g/m2~0.8g/m2(乾燥質量)が適当である。整面液が塗布された平版印刷版は必要であれば乾燥された後、バーニングプロセッサー(たとえば富士写真フイルム(株)より販売されているバーニングプロセッサー:「BP-1300」(商品名))などで高温に加熱される。この場合の加熱温度及び時間は、画像を形成している成分の種類にもよるが、180℃~300℃の範囲で1分~20分の範囲が好ましい。
 本発明の平版印刷版原版は製版後のバーニング処理を行うことで、記録層の強度が向上し、一層の高耐刷性が実現される。
 バーニング処理された平版印刷版は、必要に応じて適宜、水洗、ガム引きなどの公知の処理を施こすことができるが、水溶性高分子化合物等を含有する整面液が使用された場合にはガム引きなどのいわゆる不感脂化処理を省略することができる。
 このような作製方法によって得られた平版印刷版はオフセット印刷機等にかけられ、多数枚の印刷に用いられる。
In general, the amount of surface-adjusting solution applied is suitably from 0.03 g / m 2 to 0.8 g / m 2 (dry mass). The planographic printing plate coated with the surface-adjusting solution is dried if necessary, and then burned with a burning processor (for example, burning processor sold by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd .: “BP-1300” (trade name)). Heated to high temperature. In this case, the heating temperature and time are in the range of 180 ° C. to 300 ° C. and preferably in the range of 1 minute to 20 minutes, although depending on the type of components forming the image.
The lithographic printing plate precursor according to the invention is subjected to a burning process after plate making, whereby the strength of the recording layer is improved and a further higher printing durability is realized.
The lithographic printing plate subjected to the burning treatment can be appropriately subjected to known treatments such as washing and gumming as necessary, but when a surface-conditioning solution containing a water-soluble polymer compound or the like is used. Can omit so-called desensitizing treatment such as gumming.
The planographic printing plate obtained by such a production method is applied to an offset printing machine or the like and used for printing a large number of sheets.
 以下、本発明を実施例に従って説明するが、本発明の範囲はこれらの実施例に限定されない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described according to examples, but the scope of the present invention is not limited to these examples.
特定アクリル樹脂に用いる例示モノマーの入手
 本発明の特定アクリル樹脂を構成する例示モノマー(1)、例示モノマー(2)、例示モノマー(8)、例示モノマー(9)及び例示モノマー(13)は、Hofmann et al., Markromoleculare Cheme,第177巻、P1791-1813(1976年)に記載の方法で合成することができ、当業者であれば、いくつかの異なる出発物質を選択することで、類似のモノマーを容易に得ることができる。
例示モノマー(11)の合成
 例示モノマー(11)は、Kang and Bae, Journal of Controlled Release,第80巻、P145-155記載の方法に類似した方法で合成することができる。詳細な合成方法は以下の通りである。
 まず、4-アミノ-N-(6-メトキシ-3-ピリダジニル)-ベンゾスルホンアミド 10g(35.6ミリモル)を120mlのアセトニトリル中に分散、溶解させた。この溶液に、水酸化ナトリウム1.42g(35.6ミリモル)を30mlの水に溶解した溶液を加え、得られた反応混合液を-10℃に冷却した。得られた反応混合液に対し、メタクリル酸クロリド3.7g(35.6ミリモル)加えた。反応は容器中、常温で1時間継続させた。2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール(BHT)10mgを加え、混合液を常圧で乾燥した。得られた油状の残渣をメチレンクロリド150mlと2N HCl 100mlとの混合液に溶解させた。メチレンクロリド50mlと520mlの2N HClと100mlの水により分離し、MgSOにより乾燥し、常圧で環流した。合成物をカラムクロマトグラフィーにより精製し、例示モノマー(11) 2.39gを得た(収率:19%)。
Obtaining Exemplified Monomer Used for Specific Acrylic Resin Exemplary Monomer (1), Illustrative Monomer (2), Illustrative Monomer (8), Illustrative Monomer (9) and Illustrative Monomer (13) constituting the Specific Acrylic Resin of the present invention are Hofmann et al., Markromoleculare Cheme, Vol. 177, P1791-1813 (1976) and can be synthesized by one skilled in the art by selecting several different starting materials. Can be easily obtained.
Synthesis of Exemplary Monomer (11) Exemplary monomer (11) can be synthesized by a method similar to the method described in Kang and Bae, Journal of Controlled Release, Volume 80, P145-155. A detailed synthesis method is as follows.
First, 10 g (35.6 mmol) of 4-amino-N- (6-methoxy-3-pyridazinyl) -benzosulfonamide was dispersed and dissolved in 120 ml of acetonitrile. To this solution was added a solution of 1.42 g (35.6 mmol) of sodium hydroxide in 30 ml of water, and the resulting reaction mixture was cooled to −10 ° C. 3.7 g (35.6 mmol) of methacrylic acid chloride was added to the resulting reaction mixture. The reaction was continued in the vessel at room temperature for 1 hour. 10 mg of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol (BHT) was added and the mixture was dried at normal pressure. The oily residue obtained was dissolved in a mixture of 150 ml of methylene chloride and 100 ml of 2N HCl. Separated with 50 ml of methylene chloride, 520 ml of 2N HCl and 100 ml of water, dried over MgSO 4 and refluxed at normal pressure. The synthesized product was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.39 g of exemplified monomer (11) (yield: 19%).
例示モノマー(4)の合成
 例示モノマー(4)は、メタクリロイルクロライドに代えてアクリロイルクロライドを用いた他は、前記例示モノマー(11)と類似の方法で合成できる。
 まず、4-アミノ-N-(2,6-ジメチル-4-ピリミジニル)-ベンゾスルホンアミド 24.9g(89.5ミリモル)を500mlのアセトニトリル中に分散、溶解させた。この溶液に、水酸化カリウム8.10g(89.5ミリモル)を75mlの水に溶解した溶液を加え、反応混合液を0℃に冷却した。反応は容器中、常温で14時間継続させた。少量の沈殿物が得られるので、濾取した。BHT25mgを加え、混合液を常圧で乾燥した。得られた残渣を環流した350mlのメタノールに溶解させた。常温に冷却した後、メタノール溶液をヘキサンとメチル-t-ブチルエステルの1:1混合液1.6リットルに加えた。これを濾過、乾燥して得られた合成物をカラムクロマトグラフィーにより精製し、例示モノマー(4)を得た。
Synthesis of Exemplified Monomer (4) Exemplified monomer (4) can be synthesized in the same manner as Exemplified monomer (11) except that acryloyl chloride is used instead of methacryloyl chloride.
First, 24.9 g (89.5 mmol) of 4-amino-N- (2,6-dimethyl-4-pyrimidinyl) -benzosulfonamide was dispersed and dissolved in 500 ml of acetonitrile. To this solution was added a solution of 8.10 g (89.5 mmol) of potassium hydroxide in 75 ml of water, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ° C. The reaction was continued for 14 hours at room temperature in a container. A small amount of precipitate was obtained and collected by filtration. 25 mg of BHT was added and the mixture was dried at normal pressure. The obtained residue was dissolved in 350 ml of refluxed methanol. After cooling to room temperature, the methanol solution was added to 1.6 liters of a 1: 1 mixture of hexane and methyl-t-butyl ester. The compound obtained by filtering and drying this was purified by column chromatography to obtain Illustrative Monomer (4).
例示モノマー(10)の合成
1.中間体4-アミノ-N-2-ピリジルベンゼンスルホンアミドの合成
 まず、4-アセトアミノ-ベンゾスルホニルクロリド 288.75g(1.21モル)と、2-アミノピリジジン113.8g(1.21モル)とを、1350mlのアセトニトリル中に分散、溶解させた。ピリジン105.2g(1.33モル)を5分以上かけて添加し、混合物を60℃に昇温して、60℃で2時間反応を継続させた。その後、冷却し、N-[4-〔(2-ピリミジニルアミノ)スルホニル〕フェニル]アセトアミドが中間体から部分的に沈殿するので、濾取した。この第2の成生物を、減圧濾過し、蒸発させて単離し、得られた合成物は、氷水1500mlで処理した。第2の生成物を、40℃の水1500mlで処理し、N-[4-〔(2-ピリミジニルアミノ)スルホニル〕フェニル]アセトアミドを濾取した。得られたN-[4-〔(2-ピリミジニルアミノ)スルホニル〕フェニル]アセトアミドは155.9gであった(収率:55%)。
Synthesis of exemplary monomer (10) Synthesis of intermediate 4-amino-N-2-pyridylbenzenesulfonamide First, 288.75 g (1.21 mol) of 4-acetamino-benzosulfonyl chloride and 113.8 g (1.21 mol) of 2-aminopyrididine Were dispersed and dissolved in 1350 ml of acetonitrile. 105.2 g (1.33 mol) of pyridine was added over 5 minutes, the mixture was heated to 60 ° C., and the reaction was continued at 60 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled and N- [4-[(2-pyrimidinylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl] acetamide partially precipitated from the intermediate, and was collected by filtration. This second adult product was isolated by vacuum filtration and evaporation, and the resulting composition was treated with 1500 ml of ice water. The second product was treated with 1500 ml of water at 40 ° C., and N- [4-[(2-pyrimidinylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl] acetamide was collected by filtration. The obtained N- [4-[(2-pyrimidinylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl] acetamide was 155.9 g (yield: 55%).
 単離されたN-[4-〔(2-ピリミジニルアミノ)スルホニル〕フェニル]アセトアミドは、エタノールと1-メトキシ-2-プロパノールとの1:1混合液2.5リットルで溶解した。その後、水酸化ナトリウム105g(2.66モル)の水溶液を加え、混合物を1時間環流した。混合物を常温まで冷却し、減圧下で溶剤を除去した。反応物を1300mlの水に溶解させ、濃塩酸を加え、pH1の酸性に調整した。混合液を0℃に冷却した。不溶物を濾過により除去した。水相を450mlのメチレンクロライドで3回抽出した。水相を10Nの水酸化ナトリウム溶液でpHを7の中性域とした。中間体4-アミノ-N-2-ピリミジルベンゼンスルホンアミドが沈殿するので、濾過紙、乾燥した。このようにして、中間体4-アミノ-N-2-ピリミジルベンゼンスルホンアミド93.4gを得た。(収率:70.7%) The isolated N- [4-[(2-pyrimidinylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl] acetamide was dissolved in 2.5 liters of a 1: 1 mixture of ethanol and 1-methoxy-2-propanol. Thereafter, 105 g (2.66 mol) of an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide was added, and the mixture was refluxed for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The reaction product was dissolved in 1300 ml of water and concentrated hydrochloric acid was added to adjust the pH to 1. The mixture was cooled to 0 ° C. Insoluble material was removed by filtration. The aqueous phase was extracted 3 times with 450 ml of methylene chloride. The aqueous phase was adjusted to neutral pH 7 with 10N sodium hydroxide solution. Since the intermediate 4-amino-N-2-pyrimidylbenzenesulfonamide precipitated, the filter paper was dried. In this way, 93.4 g of the intermediate 4-amino-N-2-pyrimidylbenzenesulfonamide was obtained. (Yield: 70.7%)
2.例示モノマー10の合成
 得られた4-アミノ-N-2-ピリミジルベンゼンスルホンアミド24.9g(0.1モル)に、ピリジン400mlで溶解したBHT0.25gを加え、混合液を0℃に冷却した。メタクリロイルクロライド12.54g(0.12モル)を滴下により添加した。温度条件0~5℃において反応を1時間継続させた。その後、常温で一晩反応を継続させた。溶媒を減圧下で除去し、生成物をエタノール/水の1:1混合液中に添加した。
 この粗生成物を濾取し、乾燥した。得られた残渣をアセトン/水1:1混合液中で環流し、これを2回繰り返した後、濾取し、乾燥させた。例示モノマー(10)16.3gを得た。(収率:49%)
 例示モノマー(5)、(6)及び(7)も類似のスキームにて合成することができる。
2. Synthesis of Exemplified Monomer 10 To 24.9 g (0.1 mol) of the obtained 4-amino-N-2-pyrimidylbenzenesulfonamide was added 0.25 g of BHT dissolved in 400 ml of pyridine, and the mixture was brought to 0 ° C. Cooled down. 12.54 g (0.12 mol) of methacryloyl chloride was added dropwise. The reaction was continued for 1 hour at temperature conditions 0-5 ° C. Thereafter, the reaction was continued overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was added into a 1: 1 mixture of ethanol / water.
The crude product was collected by filtration and dried. The obtained residue was refluxed in a 1: 1 mixture of acetone / water, and this was repeated twice, followed by filtration and drying. 16.3 g of exemplary monomer (10) was obtained. (Yield: 49%)
The exemplified monomers (5), (6) and (7) can also be synthesized by a similar scheme.
特定アクリル樹脂(1)の合成
 容量250mlの反応容器中に、160ミリモルのスルホンアミド基を有する例示モノマー(1)、20.6g(132ミリモル)のベンジルアクリルアミド、2.31g(32ミリモル)のアクリル酸及び104gのγ-ブチロラクトンを加え、200rpmで攪拌しながら混合物を140℃に加熱した。この反応は窒素環流下で行った。固形物が溶解した後、反応容器を100℃まで降温した。トリゴノックス(TRIGONOX) DC50(商品名、AKZO NOBEL社製)0.37mlとトリゴノックス 141(AKZO NOBEL社製)1.48mlをブチロラクトン3.66mlに溶解した溶液を順次加えた。反応が開始したのち、反応容器温度を143℃とし、2時間以上かけてトリゴノックス DC50 1.87mlを加えた。反応混合物は400rpmで攪拌しつつ、140℃で2時間反応させた。反応混合物を120℃に降温し、攪拌条件を500rpmに上昇させた。1-メチル-2-プロパノール86.8mlを加え、温度を室温まで降温し、特定アクリル樹脂(1)を得た。
 ポリマーの構造は、1H-NMR スペクトログラフィーとサイズエクルクルージョンクロマトグラフィーにより、ジメチルアセトアミド/0.21%LiClを標章とし、混合カラムにてポリスチレン換算で確認した。
 特定アクリル樹脂(1)の分子量は、Mn:20500、Mw:66000、PD:3.05であった。なお、本明細書において「PD」は多分散度を意味する。
Synthesis of Specific Acrylic Resin (1) Example monomer (1) having 160 mmol of sulfonamide group, 20.6 g (132 mmol) of benzylacrylamide, 2.31 g (32 mmol) of acrylic in a reaction vessel having a capacity of 250 ml Acid and 104 g of γ-butyrolactone were added and the mixture was heated to 140 ° C. with stirring at 200 rpm. This reaction was carried out under nitrogen reflux. After the solid matter was dissolved, the reaction vessel was cooled to 100 ° C. A solution prepared by dissolving 0.37 ml of TRIGONOX DC50 (trade name, manufactured by AKZO NOBEL) and 1.48 ml of Trigonox 141 (manufactured by AKZO NOBEL) in 3.66 ml of butyrolactone was sequentially added. After the reaction started, the reaction vessel temperature was 143 ° C. and 1.87 ml of Trigonox DC50 was added over 2 hours. The reaction mixture was reacted at 140 ° C. for 2 hours while stirring at 400 rpm. The reaction mixture was cooled to 120 ° C., and the stirring condition was increased to 500 rpm. 86.8 ml of 1-methyl-2-propanol was added and the temperature was lowered to room temperature to obtain a specific acrylic resin (1).
The structure of the polymer was confirmed by 1H-NMR spectroscopy and size exclusion chromatography using dimethylacetamide / 0.21% LiCl as a mark in a polystyrene conversion using a mixed column.
The molecular weights of specific acrylic resin (1) were Mn: 20500, Mw: 66000, PD: 3.05. In the present specification, “PD” means polydispersity.
特定アクリル樹脂(2)、(4)、(5)及び(6)の合成
 以下の合成法において特定アクリル樹脂(2)は例示モノマー(1)を、特定アクリル樹脂(4)は例示モノマー(3)を、特定アクリル樹脂(5)は例示モノマー(7)を、特定アクリル樹脂(6)は例示モノマー(5)を原料に使用している。
 容量250mlの反応容器中に、162ミリモルの前記原料モノマー、21.3g(132ミリモル)のベンジルアセトアミド、0.43g(6ミリモル)のアクリル酸及び103gのγ-ブチロラクトンを加え、200rpmで攪拌しながら混合物を140℃に加熱した。この反応は窒素環流下で行った。固形物が溶解した後、反応容器を100℃まで降温した。トリゴノックス DC50(AKZO NOBEL社製)0.35mlとトリゴノックス 141(AKZO NOBEL社製)1.39mlをブチロラクトン3.43mlに溶解した溶液を順次加えた。反応が開始したのち、反応容器温度を140℃とし、2時間以上かけてトリゴノックス DC50 1.75mlを加えた。反応混合物は400rpmで攪拌しつつ、145℃で2時間反応させた。反応混合物を120℃に降温し、攪拌条件を500rpmに上昇させた。1-メチル-2-プロパノール85.7mlを加え、温度を室温まで降温し、特定アクリル樹脂(2)、(4)、(5)又は(6)を得た。
 ポリマーの構造は、特定アクリル樹脂(1)と同様にした確認した。結果を以下に示す。
 特定アクリル樹脂(2)Mn:28000、Mw: 66000、PD:2.84
 特定アクリル樹脂(4)Mn:34000、Mw:162000、PD:4.76
 特定アクリル樹脂(5)Mn:22000、Mw: 44000、PD:1.91
 特定アクリル樹脂(6)Mn:23500、Mw: 55000、PD:2.24
Synthesis of Specific Acrylic Resin (2), (4), (5) and (6) In the following synthesis method, specific acrylic resin (2) is exemplified monomer (1), and specific acrylic resin (4) is exemplified monomer (3 ), The specific acrylic resin (5) uses the exemplary monomer (7), and the specific acrylic resin (6) uses the exemplary monomer (5) as a raw material.
In a reaction vessel having a capacity of 250 ml, 162 mmol of the above raw material monomer, 21.3 g (132 mmol) of benzylacetamide, 0.43 g (6 mmol) of acrylic acid and 103 g of γ-butyrolactone were added and stirred at 200 rpm. The mixture was heated to 140 ° C. This reaction was carried out under nitrogen reflux. After the solid matter was dissolved, the reaction vessel was cooled to 100 ° C. A solution prepared by dissolving 0.35 ml of Trigonox DC50 (manufactured by AKZO NOBEL) and 1.39 ml of Trigonox 141 (manufactured by AKZO NOBEL) in 3.43 ml of butyrolactone was sequentially added. After the reaction started, the reaction vessel temperature was 140 ° C., and 1.75 ml of Trigonox DC50 was added over 2 hours. The reaction mixture was reacted at 145 ° C. for 2 hours while stirring at 400 rpm. The reaction mixture was cooled to 120 ° C., and the stirring condition was increased to 500 rpm. 85.7 ml of 1-methyl-2-propanol was added and the temperature was lowered to room temperature to obtain the specific acrylic resin (2), (4), (5) or (6).
The structure of the polymer was confirmed to be the same as that of the specific acrylic resin (1). The results are shown below.
Specific acrylic resin (2) Mn: 28000, Mw: 66000, PD: 2.84
Specific acrylic resin (4) Mn: 34000, Mw: 162000, PD: 4.76
Specific acrylic resin (5) Mn: 22000, Mw: 44000, PD: 1.91
Specific acrylic resin (6) Mn: 23500, Mw: 55000, PD: 2.24
特定アクリル樹脂(3)及び(7)の合成
 以下の合成法において特定アクリル樹脂(3)は例示モノマー(1)を、特定アクリル樹脂(7)は、例示モノマー(8)をそれぞれ原料に使用している。
 250ml容の反応液中に、132ミリモルの前記原料モノマー、25.0g(160ミリモル)のベンジルアセトアミド、2.31g(32ミリモル)のアクリル酸及び104gのγ-ブチロラクトンを加え、200rpmで攪拌しながら混合物を140℃に加熱した。この反応は窒素環流下で行った。固形物が溶解した後、反応容器を100℃まで降温した。トリゴノックス DC50(AKZO NOBEL社製)0.37mlとトリゴノックス 141(AKZO NOBEL社製)1.87mlをブチロラクトン3.43mlに溶解した溶液を順次加えた。反応が開始したのち、反応容器温度を140℃とし、2時間以上かけてトリゴノックス DC50 1.48mlを加えた。反応混合物は400rpmで攪拌しつつ、140℃で2時間反応させた。反応混合物を120℃に降温し、攪拌条件を500rpmに上昇させた。1-メチル-2-プロパノール86.8mlを加え、温度を室温まで降温し、特定アクリル樹脂(3)又は(7)を得た。
 ポリマーの構造は、特定アクリル樹脂(1)と同様にした確認した。結果を以下に示す。
 特定アクリル樹脂(3)Mn:30000、Mw:85000、PD:2.78
 特定アクリル樹脂(7)Mn:17000、Mw:29000、PD:1.67
Synthesis of Specific Acrylic Resin (3) and (7) In the following synthesis method, the specific acrylic resin (3) uses the exemplified monomer (1) and the specific acrylic resin (7) uses the exemplified monomer (8) as raw materials. ing.
In a 250 ml reaction solution, 132 mmol of the above raw material monomer, 25.0 g (160 mmol) of benzylacetamide, 2.31 g (32 mmol) of acrylic acid and 104 g of γ-butyrolactone were added and stirred at 200 rpm. The mixture was heated to 140 ° C. This reaction was carried out under nitrogen reflux. After the solid matter was dissolved, the reaction vessel was cooled to 100 ° C. A solution prepared by dissolving 0.37 ml of Trigonox DC50 (manufactured by AKZO NOBEL) and 1.87 ml of Trigonox 141 (manufactured by AKZO NOBEL) in 3.43 ml of butyrolactone was sequentially added. After the reaction started, the reaction vessel temperature was 140 ° C. and 1.48 ml of Trigonox DC50 was added over 2 hours. The reaction mixture was reacted at 140 ° C. for 2 hours while stirring at 400 rpm. The reaction mixture was cooled to 120 ° C., and the stirring condition was increased to 500 rpm. 86.8 ml of 1-methyl-2-propanol was added and the temperature was lowered to room temperature to obtain the specific acrylic resin (3) or (7).
The structure of the polymer was confirmed to be the same as that of the specific acrylic resin (1). The results are shown below.
Specific acrylic resin (3) Mn: 30000, Mw: 85000, PD: 2.78
Specific acrylic resin (7) Mn: 17000, Mw: 29000, PD: 1.67
平版印刷版原版1~38(本発明品)及び平版印刷版原版39~44(比較品)の作製
支持体の作製
 Si:0.06質量%、Fe:0.30質量%、Cu:0.014質量%、Mn:0.001質量%、Mg:0.001質量%、Zn:0.001質量%、Ti:0.03質量%を含有し、残部はAlと不可避不純物のアルミニウム合金を用いて溶湯を調製し、溶湯処理およびろ過を行った上で、厚さ500mm、幅1200mmの鋳塊をDC鋳造法で作製した。表面を平均10mmの厚さで面削機により削り取った後、550℃で、約5時間均熱保持し、温度400℃に下がったところで、熱間圧延機を用いて厚さ2.7mmの圧延板とした。更に、連続焼鈍機を用いて熱処理を500℃で行った後、冷間圧延で、厚さ0.24mmのアルミニウム板に仕上げた。このアルミニウム板を幅1030mmにした後、以下に示す表面処理に供した。
Production of lithographic printing plate precursors 1 to 38 (invention product) and lithographic printing plate precursors 39 to 44 (comparative product) Production of support Si: 0.06 mass%, Fe: 0.30 mass%, Cu: 0.00 014% by mass, Mn: 0.001% by mass, Mg: 0.001% by mass, Zn: 0.001% by mass, Ti: 0.03% by mass, the balance using Al and an inevitable impurity aluminum alloy The molten metal was prepared, the molten metal treatment and filtration were performed, and an ingot having a thickness of 500 mm and a width of 1200 mm was produced by a DC casting method. After the surface was shaved with a chamfering machine with an average thickness of 10 mm, the temperature was kept constant at 550 ° C. for about 5 hours, and when the temperature dropped to 400 ° C., rolling with a thickness of 2.7 mm using a hot rolling mill A board was used. Further, heat treatment was performed at 500 ° C. using a continuous annealing machine, and then finished into an aluminum plate having a thickness of 0.24 mm by cold rolling. After making this aluminum plate into width 1030mm, it used for the surface treatment shown below.
表面処理
 表面処理は、以下の(a)~(j)の各種処理を連続的に行うことにより実施した。なお、各処理及び水洗の後にはニップローラで液切りを行った。
Surface treatment The surface treatment was carried out by continuously performing the following treatments (a) to (j). In addition, after each process and water washing, the liquid was drained with the nip roller.
(a)機械的粗面化処理
 比重1.12の研磨剤(ケイ砂)と水との懸濁液を研磨スラリー液としてアルミニウム板の表面に供給しながら、回転するローラ状ナイロンブラシにより機械的な粗面化を行った。研磨剤の平均粒径は8μm、最大粒径は50μmであった。ナイロンブラシの材質は6・10ナイロン、毛長は50mm、毛の直径は0.3mmであった。ナイロンブラシはφ300mmのステンレス製の筒に穴をあけて密になるように植毛した。回転ブラシは3本使用した。ブラシ下部の2本の支持ローラ(φ200mm)の距離は300mmであった。ブラシローラはブラシを回転させる駆動モータの負荷が、ブラシローラをアルミニウム板に押さえつける前の負荷に対して7kWプラスになるまで押さえつけた。ブラシの回転方向はアルミニウム板の移動方向と同じであった。ブラシの回転数は200rpmであった。
(A) Mechanical surface roughening treatment While a suspension of abrasive (silica sand) having a specific gravity of 1.12 and water is supplied to the surface of the aluminum plate as a polishing slurry liquid, it is mechanically rotated by a roller nylon brush. Roughening was performed. The average particle size of the abrasive was 8 μm, and the maximum particle size was 50 μm. The material of the nylon brush was 6 · 10 nylon, the hair length was 50 mm, and the hair diameter was 0.3 mm. The nylon brush was planted so as to be dense by making a hole in a stainless steel tube having a diameter of 300 mm. Three rotating brushes were used. The distance between the two support rollers (φ200 mm) at the bottom of the brush was 300 mm. The brush roller was pressed until the load of the drive motor for rotating the brush became 7 kW plus with respect to the load before the brush roller was pressed against the aluminum plate. The rotating direction of the brush was the same as the moving direction of the aluminum plate. The rotation speed of the brush was 200 rpm.
(b)アルカリ剤によるエッチング処理
 上記で得られたアルミニウム板をカセイソーダ濃度2.6質量%、アルミニウムイオン濃度6.5質量%、温度70℃の水溶液を用いてスプレーによるエッチング処理を行い、アルミニウム板を10g/m2溶解した。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
(B) Etching treatment with alkali agent The aluminum plate obtained above is subjected to an etching treatment by spraying using an aqueous solution having a caustic soda concentration of 2.6 mass%, an aluminum ion concentration of 6.5 mass%, and a temperature of 70 ° C. 10 g / m 2 was dissolved. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
(c)デスマット処理
 温度30℃の硝酸濃度1質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む。)で、スプレーによるデスマット処理を行い、その後、スプレーで水洗した。
 前記デスマットに用いた硝酸水溶液は、硝酸水溶液中で交流を用いて電気化学的な粗面化を行う工程の廃液を用いた。
(C) Desmutting treatment The desmutting treatment was performed by spraying with a 1% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid at a temperature of 30 ° C. (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions), and then washed with water by spraying.
The nitric acid aqueous solution used for the desmut was the waste liquid from the step of electrochemical surface roughening using alternating current in the nitric acid aqueous solution.
(d)電気化学的粗面化処理
 60Hzの交流電圧を用いて連続的に電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。このときの電解液は、硝酸10.5g/L水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを5g/L、アンモニウムイオンを0.007質量%含む。)、液温80℃であった。交流電源波形は図1に示した波形であり、電流値がゼロからピークに達するまでの時間TPが0.8msec、duty比1:1、台形の矩形波交流を用いて、カーボン電極を対極として電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。補助アノードにはフェライトを用いた。使用した電解槽は図2に示すものを使用した。
 図2に示す電解槽(ラジアル型セル)は、ラジアルドラムローラ12及び主極13a、13bを備える主電解槽40と、補助陽極18を備える補助陽極槽50と、サイリスタ19a、19bと、交流電源20と、を有する。主電解槽40では、電解処理液14が電解液供給口15及び16を介して、電解液通路17に搬送されるアルミニウム板11に給液される。
 電流密度は電流のピーク値で30A/dm2、電気量はアルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量の総和で220C/dm2であった。補助陽極には電源から流れる電流の5%を分流させた。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
(D) Electrochemical roughening treatment An electrochemical roughening treatment was carried out continuously using an alternating voltage of 60 Hz. The electrolytic solution at this time was a 10.5 g / L aqueous solution of nitric acid (containing 5 g / L of aluminum ions and 0.007% by mass of ammonium ions) at a liquid temperature of 80 ° C. The AC power supply waveform is the waveform shown in FIG. 1. The time TP until the current value reaches the peak from zero is 0.8 msec, the duty ratio is 1: 1, and a trapezoidal rectangular wave AC is used with the carbon electrode as the counter electrode. An electrochemical roughening treatment was performed. Ferrite was used for the auxiliary anode. The electrolytic cell used was the one shown in FIG.
An electrolytic cell (radial cell) shown in FIG. 2 includes a main electrolytic cell 40 including a radial drum roller 12 and main electrodes 13a and 13b, an auxiliary anode cell 50 including an auxiliary anode 18, thyristors 19a and 19b, and an AC power source. 20 and. In the main electrolytic cell 40, the electrolytic treatment liquid 14 is supplied to the aluminum plate 11 conveyed to the electrolytic solution passage 17 through the electrolytic solution supply ports 15 and 16.
The current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak current value, and the amount of electricity was 220 C / dm 2 in terms of the total amount of electricity when the aluminum plate was the anode. 5% of the current flowing from the power source was shunted to the auxiliary anode. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
(e)アルカリエッチング処理
 アルミニウム板に、カセイソーダ濃度26質量%、アルミニウムイオン濃度6.5質量%の水溶液を用いてスプレーによるエッチング処理を32℃で行い、アルミニウム板を0.20g/m2溶解し、前段の交流を用いて電気化学的粗面化処理を行ったときに生成した水酸化アルミニウムを主体とするスマット成分を除去し、また、生成したピットのエッジ部分を溶解してエッジ部分を滑らかにした。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
(E) Alkaline etching treatment An aluminum plate is subjected to an etching treatment by spraying at 32 ° C. using an aqueous solution having a caustic soda concentration of 26 mass% and an aluminum ion concentration of 6.5 mass% to dissolve the aluminum plate by 0.20 g / m 2. The smut component mainly composed of aluminum hydroxide generated when the electrochemical surface roughening process is performed using the alternating current of the previous stage is removed, and the edge portion of the generated pit is melted to smooth the edge portion. I made it. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
(f)デスマット処理
 温度30℃の硝酸濃度25質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む。)で、スプレーによるデスマット処理を行い、その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
(F) Desmutting treatment Desmutting treatment was carried out by spraying with a 25% by weight aqueous solution of nitric acid at a temperature of 30 ° C. (containing 0.5% by weight of aluminum ions), followed by washing with water by spraying.
(g)陽極酸化処理
 二段給電電解処理法の陽極酸化装置(第一及び第二電解部長各6m、第一及び第二給電部長各3m、第一及び第二給電電極長各2.4m)を用いて陽極酸化処理を行った。第一および第二電解部に供給した電解液としては、硫酸を用いた。電解液は、いずれも、硫酸濃度170g/L(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む。)、温度43℃であった。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。最終的な酸化皮膜量は2.7g/m2であった。
(G) Anodizing treatment Anodizing device of two-stage feeding electrolytic treatment method (first and second electrolytic section length 6 m each, first and second feeding section length 3 m each, first and second feeding electrode length 2.4 m each) Anodizing was performed using this. Sulfuric acid was used as the electrolytic solution supplied to the first and second electrolysis units. All electrolytes had a sulfuric acid concentration of 170 g / L (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ions) and a temperature of 43 ° C. Then, water washing by spraying was performed. The final oxide film amount was 2.7 g / m 2 .
(h)アルカリ金属ケイ酸塩処理
 陽極酸化処理により得られたアルミニウム支持体を温度30℃の3号ケイ酸ソーダの1質量%水溶液の処理層中へ、10秒間、浸せきすることでアルカリ金属ケイ酸塩処理(シリケート処理)を行った。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
(H) Alkali metal silicate treatment An aluminum support obtained by anodizing treatment was immersed in a treatment layer of a 1% by weight aqueous solution of sodium silicate No. 3 at a temperature of 30 ° C. for 10 seconds to immerse the alkali metal silica. Acid salt treatment (silicate treatment) was performed. Then, water washing by spraying was performed.
(i)下塗層の形成
 上記のようにして得られたアルカリ金属ケイ酸塩処理後のアルミニウム支持体上に、下記組成の下塗液を塗布し、80℃で15秒間乾燥し、塗膜を形成した。乾燥後の塗膜(下塗層)の被覆量は15mg/m2であった。
(I) Formation of undercoat layer On the aluminum support after the alkali metal silicate treatment obtained as described above, an undercoat solution having the following composition was applied and dried at 80 ° C. for 15 seconds to form a coating film. Formed. The coating amount of the coating film (undercoat layer) after drying was 15 mg / m 2 .
下塗液組成
 ・下記高分子化合物1          0.3g
 ・メタノール              100g
 ・水                  1g
Undercoat liquid composition ・ The following polymer compound 1 0.3 g
・ Methanol 100g
・ Water 1g
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036

 
(ii)ポジ型記録層の形成
 得られた支持体に、以下の下部記録層用塗布液を塗布量が0.85g/m2になるよう塗布したのち、TABAI社製(商品名):PERFECT OVEN PH200にてWind Controlを7に設定して140℃で50秒間乾燥し、その後、上部記録層用塗布液を塗布量が0.15g/m2になるよう塗布したのち、120℃で1分間乾燥し、下記平版印刷版原版1~44を得た。なお、平版印刷版原版1~38は、実施例の平版印刷版原版であり、平版印刷版原版39~44は比較例である。
(Ii) Formation of positive recording layer The following support liquid for lower recording layer was coated on the obtained support so that the coating amount was 0.85 g / m 2, and then manufactured by Tabai (trade name): PERFECT Wind control is set to 7 with OVEN PH200 and dried at 140 ° C. for 50 seconds. After that, the upper recording layer coating solution is applied to a coating amount of 0.15 g / m 2, and then at 120 ° C. for 1 minute. It was dried to obtain the following lithographic printing plate precursors 1 to 44. The lithographic printing plate precursors 1 to 38 are lithographic printing plate precursors of Examples, and the lithographic printing plate precursors 39 to 44 are comparative examples.
〔下部記録層用塗布液〕
・アルカリ可溶性樹脂(表3に記載の化合物;含有比率については表3を参照)                        2.15g
・シアニン染料A                   0.13g
・4,4’-ビスヒドロキシフェニルスルホン      0.11g
・無水テトラヒドロフタル酸              0.15g
・p-トルエンスルホン酸               0.01g
・3-メトキシ-4-ジアゾジフェニルアミンヘキサフルオロホスフェート                          0.03g
・クリスタルバイオレットの対アニオンをナフタレンスルホン酸に変えたもの                         0.10g
・フッ素系界面活性剤F-780-F(DIC(株)製) 0.035g
・メチルエチルケトン                    24g
・2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール              13g
・γ-ブチロラクトン                    14g
 なお、上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、表3に記載の(A)特定ポリウレタン、(B)特定アクリル樹脂、及び(C)その他のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を、表3に記載の含有比率(樹脂全量を100とした質量比)で含み、総含有量が2.15gであることを意味する。
[Coating liquid for lower recording layer]
Alkali-soluble resin (compound described in Table 3; see Table 3 for content ratio) 2.15 g
・ Cyanine dye A 0.13g
・ 4,4'-bishydroxyphenylsulfone 0.11g
・ Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride 0.15g
・ P-Toluenesulfonic acid 0.01g
・ 3-Methoxy-4-diazodiphenylamine hexafluorophosphate 0.03g
・ Crystal violet counter anion changed to naphthalenesulfonic acid 0.10g
・ Fluorine surfactant F-780-F (manufactured by DIC Corporation) 0.035 g
・ Methyl ethyl ketone 24g
・ 13g 2-methoxy-1-propanol
・ 14g of γ-butyrolactone
In addition, the said alkali-soluble resin is (A) specific polyurethane of Table 3, (B) specific acrylic resin, and (C) other alkali-soluble resin, and the content ratio (total resin amount is set to 100) of Table 3. Mass ratio), and the total content is 2.15 g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037

 
上部記録層用塗布液
 ・m,p-クレゾールノボラック          0.2846g
 (m/p比=6/4、重量平均分子量4500、未反応クレゾール0.8質量%含有)
 ・シアニン染料A(前記構造)           0.075g
 ・ベヘン酸アミド                 0.060g
 ・フッ素系界面活性剤(面状改良用界面活性剤)   0.022g
  〔メガファックF781F、DIC(株)製〕
 ・画像形成改良用フッ素系界面活性剤        0.120g
  〔メガファックF780(30%)、DIC(株)製〕
 ・メチルエチルケトン              15.1g
 ・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール         7.7g
Upper recording layer coating solution-m, p-cresol novolak 0.2846 g
(M / p ratio = 6/4, weight average molecular weight 4500, containing unreacted cresol 0.8% by mass)
・ Cyanine dye A (the above structure) 0.075 g
・ Behenamide 0.060g
・ Fluorine-based surfactant (surfactant for improving surface condition) 0.022 g
[Megafuck F781F, manufactured by DIC Corporation]
・ 0.120 g of fluorosurfactant for improving image formation
[Megafuck F780 (30%), manufactured by DIC Corporation]
・ Methyl ethyl ketone 15.1g
・ 7.7g of 1-methoxy-2-propanol
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038

 
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038

 
 
 表3に記載される各ポリマーの詳細は以下の通りである。
 (A)特定ポリウレタン:前記表1及び表2に示す特定ポリウレタン
 (B)特定アクリル樹脂(1)~(7):前記の如く合成した特定アクリル樹脂
(その他のアルカリ可溶性高分子)
N-1:m-クレゾール/p-クレゾールノボラック
    (60/40:重量平均分子量3,500)
N-2:フェノール/m-クレゾール/p-クレゾールノボラック
    (20/50/30, 重量平均分子量5,000)
(比較アルカリ可溶性高分子)
P-R:下記構造のポリマー
The details of each polymer listed in Table 3 are as follows.
(A) Specific polyurethane: Specific polyurethane shown in Tables 1 and 2 (B) Specific acrylic resins (1) to (7): Specific acrylic resins synthesized as described above (other alkali-soluble polymers)
N-1: m-cresol / p-cresol novolak (60/40: weight average molecular weight 3,500)
N-2: phenol / m-cresol / p-cresol novolak (20/50/30, weight average molecular weight 5,000)
(Comparison alkali-soluble polymer)
PR: polymer having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

 
平版印刷版原版の評価
 平版印刷版原版1~平版印刷版原版38(実施例の平版印刷版原版)及び平版印刷版原版39~平版印刷版原版44(比較例の平版印刷版原版)について、それぞれ、下記表4~表6に示す現像液を用いて、以下に示す平版印刷版の作製方法を行い、各平版印刷版原盤及び平版印刷版の作製方法に係る下記評価を行った。
 結果を、下記表5~表7に示す。
1.未露光部保持時間の評価
 得られた平版印刷版原版を表4に記載の界面活性剤を含有する各現像液を仕込んだ現像浴に時間を変えて浸漬した。画像濃度が、現像液未浸漬のものと比べ、95%となった浸漬時間を、未露光部保持時間とした。
2.露光部現像時間
 平版印刷版原版をCreo社製Trendsetter(商品名)にてビーム強度9w、ドラム回転速度150rpmで描き込みを行った。その後、表の各現像液を仕込んだ現像浴に時間を変えて浸漬した。画像濃度が、Al支持体の画像濃度と同等になった浸漬時間を露光部現像時間とした。
Evaluation of lithographic printing plate precursors For lithographic printing plate precursors 1 to 38 (lithographic printing plate precursors in Examples) and lithographic printing plate precursors 39 to 44 (comparative lithographic printing plate precursors), respectively. Using the developers shown in the following Tables 4 to 6, the following lithographic printing plate preparation methods were performed, and the following evaluations relating to the lithographic printing plate masters and the lithographic printing plate preparation methods were performed.
The results are shown in Tables 5 to 7 below.
1. Evaluation of Unexposed Area Retention Time The obtained lithographic printing plate precursor was immersed in a developing bath charged with each developer containing the surfactant listed in Table 4 at different times. The immersion time at which the image density was 95% of that of the developer not immersed was defined as the unexposed portion retention time.
2. Exposure section development time A planographic printing plate precursor was drawn with a Trend setter (trade name) manufactured by Creo at a beam intensity of 9 w and a drum rotation speed of 150 rpm. Then, it immersed in the developing bath which prepared each developing solution of a table | surface for changing time. The immersion time at which the image density was equivalent to the image density of the Al support was taken as the exposure part development time.
3.耐刷性の評価
 平版印刷版原版をCreo社製Trendsetter(商品名)にて、ビーム強度9w、ドラム回転速度150rpmで、テストパターンを画像状に描き込みを行った。その後、各現像液を仕込んだ富士写真フイルム(株)製PSプロセッサーLP940H(商品名)を用い、現像温度30℃、現像時間12秒で現像を行った。これを、小森コーポレーション(株)製印刷機リスロン(LITHRONE;商品名)を用いて連続して印刷した。この際、どれだけの枚数が充分なインキ濃度を保って印刷できるかを目視にて測定し、耐刷性を評価した。なお、耐刷性は、比較例1の耐刷数を1.0とした際の相対値として示した。
3. Evaluation of printing durability A test pattern was drawn on a planographic printing plate precursor in an image form using a Trendsetter (trade name) manufactured by Creo at a beam intensity of 9 w and a drum rotation speed of 150 rpm. Thereafter, development was performed at a development temperature of 30 ° C. and a development time of 12 seconds using a PS processor LP940H (trade name) manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. in which each developer was charged. This was continuously printed using a printer Lithrone (trade name) manufactured by Komori Corporation. At this time, the number of sheets that can be printed while maintaining a sufficient ink density was measured visually to evaluate the printing durability. The printing durability was shown as a relative value when the printing durability of Comparative Example 1 was 1.0.
4.バーニング処理後の耐刷性の評価
 上記耐刷性の評価同様に現像して得られた平版印刷版の版面を水洗後、富士フイルム(株)製のバーニング整面液BC-7(商品名)で拭いた後、約230℃で4分間、バーニング処理を行った。その後、水洗し、富士フイルム(株)製ガムFP-2W(商品名)を水で体積を2倍に希釈した液で版面を処理した。その後、耐刷性の評価同様に、小森コーポレーション社製のリスロン印刷機で、DIC社製のDIC-GEOS(N)墨(商品名)のインキを用いて印刷し、ベタ画像の濃度が薄くなり始めたと目視で認められた時点の印刷枚数により、バーニング処理後の耐刷性を評価した。なお、耐刷性は、比較例1の耐刷数を1.0とした際の相対値として示した。
4). Evaluation of printing durability after burning treatment The plate surface of a lithographic printing plate obtained by developing in the same manner as the above-mentioned evaluation of printing durability was washed with water and then burned surface-adjusting solution BC-7 (trade name) manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation. After wiping, a burning process was performed at about 230 ° C. for 4 minutes. Thereafter, the plate surface was treated with a solution obtained by diluting the volume of gum FP-2W (trade name) manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. with water twice. After that, as with the evaluation of printing durability, printing was performed using a DIC-GEOS (N) ink (trade name) ink produced by DIC with a Lithlon printing machine manufactured by Komori Corporation, and the solid image density was reduced. The printing durability after the burning treatment was evaluated based on the number of printed sheets at the time when it was visually recognized as starting. The printing durability was shown as a relative value when the printing durability of Comparative Example 1 was 1.0.
5.UVインキ耐性の評価
 上記耐刷性の評価同様に現像して得られた平版印刷版の版面を、印刷機(三菱ダイヤ社製、1F-2(商品名))により、UVインキ(ベストキュア161 商品名、東華色素(株)製)を用いて連続して印刷した。この際、UVインキ耐刷性の評価方法は、上記「3.耐刷性の評価」と同様の評価基準にて行った。
5. Evaluation of UV ink resistance The plate surface of a lithographic printing plate obtained by developing in the same manner as in the evaluation of printing durability was applied to UV ink (Best Cure 161) using a printing machine (Mitsubishi Dia, 1F-2 (trade name)). The product was continuously printed using a trade name, manufactured by Toka Dye Co., Ltd. At this time, the UV ink printing durability was evaluated according to the same evaluation criteria as in “3. Evaluation of printing durability”.
6.現像液中のカスの評価
 平版印刷版原版を1リットル当たり10m処理した各種現像液を、常温(20~25℃)で1ヶ月放置した後、富士フイルム(株)社製ミクロフィルターFM(商品名) 0.45μm、0.8μm、及び1.2μmを用いて減圧濾過した。その後、フィルター上に残った残留物を目視評価した。判定基準は以下のとおりである。
AA:0.45μmフィルター上でも残留物が見られなかった。
A:0.45μmフィルター上にわずかに残留物が見られた。0.8μm以上のフィルター上には残留物が見られなかった。
B:0.8μm以上のフィルター上に残留物が見られた。1.2μmのフィルター上には残留物が見られなかった。
C:すべてのフィルター上に残留物が見られた。
 上記判定のB以上を実質上問題ないと評価した。
6). Evaluation of residue in developer After various types of developer treated with a lithographic printing plate precursor 10 m 2 per liter are allowed to stand at room temperature (20-25 ° C.) for 1 month, Fujifilm's microfilter FM (product) Name) It filtered under reduced pressure using 0.45 micrometer, 0.8 micrometer, and 1.2 micrometer. Thereafter, the residue remaining on the filter was visually evaluated. The judgment criteria are as follows.
AA: No residue was observed even on a 0.45 μm filter.
A: A slight residue was seen on the 0.45 μm filter. No residue was observed on the filter of 0.8 μm or more.
B: Residue was observed on a filter of 0.8 μm or more. No residue was seen on the 1.2 μm filter.
C: Residue was seen on all filters.
It was evaluated that B or more of the above determination was substantially satisfactory.
7.耐薬品性の評価
 耐薬品性は、下記の試験液1~3を用いて、以下に示す評価方法及び評価基準により評価した。結果を下記表5~表7に示す。
試験液
 試験液1:EMERALD PREMIUM MXEH(商品名;ANCHOR社製)
 試験液2:Allied Meter-X(商品名;ABCケミカル社製)
 試験液3: Prisco 2351(ホスフェート不含有:商品名;PRISCO社製)
評価方法
 得られた平版印刷版原版の記録層表面に、試験液1~3の液滴を、各々40μLずつ、異なる箇所に滴下した。3分経過後、コットンパッドを用いて、記録層表面から液滴を拭き取った。試験液に起因する記録層の損傷を目視にて観察し、以下の評価基準により評価した。
評価基準
 0:損傷なし
 1:記録層表面の光沢が変化した
 2:記録層に小さな損傷が生じた(厚みが減少した)
 3:記録層に大きな損傷が生じた
 4:記録層が完全に溶けた
 上記判定の2以下を実質上問題ないと評価した。
7). Evaluation of chemical resistance Chemical resistance was evaluated using the following test solutions 1 to 3 according to the following evaluation methods and evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Tables 5 to 7 below.
Test solution Test solution 1: EMERAL PREMIUM MXEH (trade name; manufactured by ANCHOR)
Test solution 2: Allied Meter-X (trade name; manufactured by ABC Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Test solution 3: Prisco 2351 (phosphate not contained: trade name; manufactured by PRISCO)
Evaluation Method On the recording layer surface of the obtained lithographic printing plate precursor, 40 μL of each of the test solutions 1 to 3 was dropped at different locations. After 3 minutes, the droplets were wiped from the surface of the recording layer using a cotton pad. The damage of the recording layer caused by the test solution was visually observed and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
Evaluation criteria 0: No damage 1: Gloss of recording layer surface changed 2: Small damage occurred in recording layer (thickness decreased)
3: The recording layer was greatly damaged. 4: The recording layer was completely melted.
現像液
・ソルビトール(固形分として)            3.9質量%
・水酸化カリウム(固形分として)           1.6質量%
・表4に記載の界面活性剤(固形分として)         x質量%
                        (表4に記載の量)
・水                    (94.5-x)質量%
 なお、下記表4に記載の界面活性剤の詳細は、以下の通りである。
・パイオニンC-158-G(商品名:ラウリルイミノジプロピオン酸塩、竹本油脂製)
・エレミノールMON-2(商品名:アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸塩、三洋化成工業製)
・Crafol AP261(商品名:アルキルエーテルホスフェート、COGNIS製)
Developer / sorbitol (as solid content) 3.9% by mass
・ Potassium hydroxide (as solid content) 1.6% by mass
-Surfactant described in Table 4 (as solid content) x mass%
(Amounts listed in Table 4)
・ Water (94.5-x) mass%
The details of the surfactants listed in Table 4 below are as follows.
・ Pionine C-158-G (Brand name: Lauryliminodipropionate, Takemoto Yushi)
・ Eleminol MON-2 (trade name: alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries)
・ Crawol AP261 (trade name: alkyl ether phosphate, manufactured by COGNIS)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043

 
 表5~表7に明らかなように、本発明に係る(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタン及び(B)特定アクリル樹脂を用いた場合、非露光部(画像部)の現像液に対する耐溶解性(未露光部保持時間)と露光部(非画像部)の溶解性(露光部現像時間)との間の差(現像ディスクリ)が拡大し、高い耐久性(耐刷性)及び耐薬品性のいずれにも優れることが確認された。また、UVインクを用いた場合の耐刷性も良好であった。
 さらに、酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンを一価の塩基性化合物で中和したものを用いた実施例19~実施例50では、さらに現像ディスクリが拡大し、耐薬品性が向上することが確認された。これは、一価の塩基性化合物で中和することにより、ポジ型感光層の極性が向上したためであると推測される。
 一方、表に示されるように、(A)特定ポリウレタン及び(B)特定アクリル樹脂を用いた場合、現像液中で現像カスの発生が抑制されることは予想外の効果であった。また、この効果は、現像液として、カルボン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤やスルホン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤を用いた場合に顕著であった。
 他方、(B)特定アクリル樹脂を含有しない比較例1は耐薬品性に劣り、(A)特定ポリウレタンを含有しない比較例2は耐刷性に劣っており、さらに、いずれの平版印刷版原版も、現像カスの発生が抑制できなかった。また、(B)特定アクリル樹脂に代えて、比較アルカリ可溶性高分子を含有する比較例3は、未露光部保持時間が短く、耐刷性及び耐薬品性のいずれも劣ることがわかった。
As is apparent from Tables 5 to 7, when (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group and (B) a specific acrylic resin according to the present invention are used, the non-exposed portion (image portion) is resistant to dissolution in a developer. The difference (development discrepancies) between the solubility (non-exposed area retention time) and the solubility (exposed area development time) of the exposed area (non-image area) has increased, resulting in high durability (press life) and chemical resistance It was confirmed that it was excellent in both of the properties. Further, the printing durability when UV ink was used was also good.
Further, in Examples 19 to 50 using an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group neutralized with a monovalent basic compound, it was confirmed that the development disc was further expanded and the chemical resistance was improved. It was done. This is presumably because the polarity of the positive photosensitive layer was improved by neutralization with a monovalent basic compound.
On the other hand, as shown in the table, when (A) specific polyurethane and (B) specific acrylic resin were used, it was an unexpected effect that generation of development residue was suppressed in the developer. This effect was remarkable when an anionic surfactant having a carboxylate or an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate was used as the developer.
On the other hand, (B) Comparative Example 1 containing no specific acrylic resin is inferior in chemical resistance, (A) Comparative Example 2 containing no specific polyurethane is inferior in printing durability, and any lithographic printing plate precursor The generation of development residue could not be suppressed. Moreover, it replaced with (B) specific acrylic resin, and it turned out that the comparative example 3 containing a comparison alkali-soluble polymer has a short unexposed part holding time, and is inferior in both printing durability and chemical resistance.
 本発明の実施形態の例を以下に記載する。
 <1> 表面親水性支持体と、該表面親水性支持体上に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含む2層以上の記録層と、を有する平版印刷版原版であって、
 該2層以上の記録層の少なくとも1層は赤外線吸収剤を含有し、赤外レーザ露光によりアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が増大するポジ型記録層であり、且つ、該2層以上の記録層のうち、支持体に最も近接する記録層は、(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンと、(B)下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位からなる群より選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂と、を含有する平版印刷版原版:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

 
 前記一般式(I)及び一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す;Zは-O-又は-N(R)-を表し、ここでRは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す;Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、芳香族基を表し、少なくとも一方はヘテロ芳香族基である;a及びbはそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表す。
 <2> 前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンが、イソシアネート基を2つ以上有する化合物とヒドロキシル基を2つ以上有する化合物との付加反応により生成されるポリウレタンであって、分子内にカルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、芳香族水酸基及び酸性アミドまたはイミド基からなる群より選ばれる酸性基を有するポリウレタンである、<1>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
 <3> 前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンが、塩基性化合物で中和されている<1>又は<2>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
 <4> 前記1価の塩基性化合物が、含窒素塩基性化合物又はオニウムヒドロキシドである<3>に記載の平版印刷版原版。
 <5> 前記一般式(I)又は(II)において、Arが置換又は無置換のヘテロ芳香族基である<1>~<4>のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。
 <6> 前記一般式(I)又は(II)において、a及びbがいずれも1であり、Zが-N(R)-を表す<1>~<5>のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。
 <7> 前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンと(B)下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位からなる群より選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂との含有比率が、質量比で95:5~30:70である<1>~<6>のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。
 <8> <1>~<7>のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版を画像露光すること、及び、
 露光後の平版印刷版原版を、0.5質量%以上5.0質量%以下の界面活性剤を含むアルカリ水溶液を用いて現像すること、
をこの順で含む平版印刷版の作製方法。
 <9> 前記界面活性剤が、スルホン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤及びカルボン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である<8>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
 <10> 前記現像が、前記アルカリ水溶液の液温が20℃以上25℃以下であり、且つ、現像時間が5秒以上20秒以下の条件で実施される<8>又は<9>に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。
Examples of embodiments of the present invention are described below.
<1> A lithographic printing plate precursor having a surface hydrophilic support and two or more recording layers containing an alkali-soluble resin on the surface hydrophilic support,
At least one of the two or more recording layers is a positive-type recording layer containing an infrared absorber and having increased solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution by infrared laser exposure, and of the two or more recording layers The recording layer closest to the support comprises (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group, (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), and a structure represented by the following general formula (II). A lithographic printing plate precursor containing a (meth) acrylic resin having one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of units:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044


In the general formulas (I) and (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group; Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, is at least one hetero-aromatic group; represents 0 or 1 a and b each independently .
<2> (A) The alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group is a polyurethane produced by an addition reaction between a compound having two or more isocyanate groups and a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups, The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <1>, which is a polyurethane having an acidic group selected from the group consisting of an acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an aromatic hydroxyl group, and an acidic amide or imide group.
<3> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group (A) is neutralized with a basic compound.
<4> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in <3>, wherein the monovalent basic compound is a nitrogen-containing basic compound or onium hydroxide.
<5> The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <4>, wherein Ar 2 in formula (I) or (II) is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaromatic group.
<6> In any one of <1> to <5>, in the general formula (I) or (II), a and b are both 1, and Z represents —N (R 2 ) —. Lithographic printing plate precursor.
<7> Selected from the group consisting of (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group and (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) The lithographic printing plate precursor as described in any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the content ratio of the (meth) acrylic resin having one or more kinds of repeating units is 95: 5 to 30:70 by mass ratio .
<8> Image exposure of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of <1> to <7>, and
Developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor using an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less of a surfactant;
A method for producing a lithographic printing plate comprising
<9> The lithographic printing plate according to <8>, wherein the surfactant is at least one selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and an anionic surfactant having a carboxylate. Manufacturing method.
<10> The development is performed according to <8> or <9>, wherein the development is performed under a condition where a liquid temperature of the alkaline aqueous solution is 20 ° C. or more and 25 ° C. or less and a development time is 5 seconds or more and 20 seconds or less A method for preparing a lithographic printing plate.
 日本国特許出願2012-056201号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-056201 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
All documents, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned in this specification are to the same extent as if each individual document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually stated to be incorporated by reference, Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (10)

  1.  表面親水性支持体と、該表面親水性支持体上に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含む2層以上の記録層と、を有する平版印刷版原版であって、
     該2層以上の記録層の少なくとも1層は赤外線吸収剤を含有し、赤外レーザ露光によりアルカリ水溶液に対する溶解性が増大するポジ型記録層であり、且つ、該2層以上の記録層のうち、支持体に最も近接する記録層は、(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンと、(B)下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位からなる群より選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂と、を含有する平版印刷版原版:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     
     前記一般式(I)及び一般式(II)中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す;Zは-O-又は-N(R)-を表し、ここでRは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す;Ar及びArはそれぞれ独立に、芳香族基を表し、少なくとも一方はヘテロ芳香族基である;a及びbはそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表す。
    A lithographic printing plate precursor comprising a surface hydrophilic support and two or more recording layers containing an alkali-soluble resin on the surface hydrophilic support,
    At least one of the two or more recording layers is a positive-type recording layer containing an infrared absorber and having increased solubility in an alkaline aqueous solution by infrared laser exposure, and of the two or more recording layers The recording layer closest to the support comprises (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group, (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), and a structure represented by the following general formula (II). A lithographic printing plate precursor containing a (meth) acrylic resin having one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of units:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001


    In the general formulas (I) and (II), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; Z represents —O— or —N (R 2 ) —, wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group; Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group, is at least one hetero-aromatic group; represents 0 or 1 a and b each independently .
  2.  前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンが、イソシアネート基を2つ以上有する化合物とヒドロキシル基を2つ以上有する化合物との付加反応により生成されるポリウレタンであって、分子内にカルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、芳香族水酸基及び酸性アミドまたはイミド基からなる群より選ばれる酸性基を有するポリウレタンである、請求項1に記載の平版印刷版原版。 (A) The alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group is a polyurethane produced by an addition reaction between a compound having two or more isocyanate groups and a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups, and a carboxylic acid group in the molecule, The lithographic printing plate precursor according to claim 1, which is a polyurethane having an acidic group selected from the group consisting of a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an aromatic hydroxyl group, and an acidic amide or imide group.
  3.  前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンが、塩基性化合物で中和されている請求項1又は2に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 1 or 2, wherein the alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group (A) is neutralized with a basic compound.
  4.  前記1価の塩基性化合物が、含窒素塩基性化合物又はオニウムヒドロキシドである請求項3に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in claim 3, wherein the monovalent basic compound is a nitrogen-containing basic compound or onium hydroxide.
  5.  前記一般式(I)又は(II)において、Arが置換又は無置換のヘテロ芳香族基である請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 4, wherein in the general formula (I) or (II), Ar 2 is a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaromatic group.
  6.  前記一般式(I)又は(II)において、a及びbがいずれも1であり、Zが-N(R)-を表す請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein in the general formula (I) or (II), a and b are both 1, and Z represents -N (R 2 )-. .
  7.  前記(A)酸基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリウレタンと(B)下記一般式(I)で表される構造単位及び下記一般式(II)で表される構造単位からなる群より選択される1種以上の繰り返し単位を有する(メタ)アクリル樹脂との含有比率が、質量比で95:5~30:70である請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版。 One or more selected from the group consisting of (A) an alkali-soluble polyurethane having an acid group, (B) a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I), and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) The lithographic printing plate precursor as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the content ratio to the (meth) acrylic resin having a repeating unit of is 95: 5 to 30:70 by mass ratio.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の平版印刷版原版を画像露光すること、及び、
     露光後の平版印刷版原版を、0.5質量%以上5.0質量%以下の界面活性剤を含むアルカリ水溶液を用いて現像すること、
    をこの順で含む平版印刷版の作製方法。
    Image exposure of the lithographic printing plate precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 7, and
    Developing the exposed lithographic printing plate precursor using an alkaline aqueous solution containing 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less of a surfactant;
    A method for producing a lithographic printing plate comprising
  9.  前記界面活性剤が、スルホン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤及びカルボン酸塩を有するアニオン性界面活性剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種である請求項8に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 The method for preparing a lithographic printing plate according to claim 8, wherein the surfactant is at least one selected from the group consisting of an anionic surfactant having a sulfonate and an anionic surfactant having a carboxylate. .
  10.  前記現像が、前記アルカリ水溶液の液温が20℃以上25℃以下であり、且つ、現像時間が5秒以上20秒以下の条件で実施される請求項8又は請求項9に記載の平版印刷版の作製方法。 The lithographic printing plate according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the development is performed under the conditions that the liquid temperature of the alkaline aqueous solution is 20 ° C or more and 25 ° C or less and the development time is 5 seconds or more and 20 seconds or less. Manufacturing method.
PCT/JP2013/057076 2012-03-13 2013-03-13 Original plate for lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing plate production method WO2013137345A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012056201 2012-03-13
JP2012-056201 2012-03-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013137345A1 true WO2013137345A1 (en) 2013-09-19

Family

ID=49161250

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/057076 WO2013137345A1 (en) 2012-03-13 2013-03-13 Original plate for lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing plate production method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2013218315A (en)
WO (1) WO2013137345A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018150687A1 (en) * 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Positive lithographic printing original plate and method for producing lithographic printing plate

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5490168B2 (en) * 2012-03-23 2014-05-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate preparation method
EP3182205B1 (en) * 2014-09-26 2021-04-07 FUJIFILM Corporation Photosensitive resin composition, lithographic printing original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and polymer compound
WO2019044702A1 (en) * 2017-08-31 2019-03-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printng plate precursor

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004157459A (en) * 2002-11-08 2004-06-03 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Planographic printing plate original plate
JP2009175195A (en) * 2008-01-21 2009-08-06 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2010507129A (en) * 2006-10-20 2010-03-04 イーストマン コダック カンパニー Multilayer imageable element with improved properties
JP2011197308A (en) * 2010-03-18 2011-10-06 Fujifilm Corp Positive-working lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser and process for making lithographic printing plate

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004157459A (en) * 2002-11-08 2004-06-03 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Planographic printing plate original plate
JP2010507129A (en) * 2006-10-20 2010-03-04 イーストマン コダック カンパニー Multilayer imageable element with improved properties
JP2009175195A (en) * 2008-01-21 2009-08-06 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2011197308A (en) * 2010-03-18 2011-10-06 Fujifilm Corp Positive-working lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser and process for making lithographic printing plate

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018150687A1 (en) * 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Positive lithographic printing original plate and method for producing lithographic printing plate
CN110178082A (en) * 2017-02-17 2019-08-27 富士胶片株式会社 The production method of eurymeric original edition of lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing plate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2013218315A (en) 2013-10-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2080616B1 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
WO2013137345A1 (en) Original plate for lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing plate production method
JP4474309B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor and method for producing the same
JP2008064959A (en) Photosensitive lithographic printing plate original
JP5164640B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
JP4137345B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
JP5512730B2 (en) Preparation method of lithographic printing plate
JP4308687B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
JP5490168B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing plate preparation method
JP5159123B2 (en) Photosensitive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser
JP4890403B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
JP4085005B2 (en) Master for lithographic printing plate
JP2004061947A (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
JP4340572B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
JP4462846B2 (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
JP2006003658A (en) Planographic printing original plate
JP2005181734A (en) Image recording material
JP2004252189A (en) Lithographic printing original plate
JP2005049756A (en) Image recording material
JP5183380B2 (en) Photosensitive lithographic printing plate precursor for infrared laser
JP2010237435A (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2005258090A (en) Lithographic printing plate original form
JP2009085984A (en) Planographic printing plate precursor
JP2010078686A (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2006106059A (en) Lithographic printing original plate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13760252

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13760252

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1